Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/gtkutil.c @ 83949:839526eca1bf
Move here from ../../lispintro/
author | Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Thu, 06 Sep 2007 04:02:15 +0000 |
parents | b1cecfd7014f |
children | d514db1d656b |
rev | line source |
---|---|
49323 | 1 /* Functions for creating and updating GTK widgets. |
75348 | 2 Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
49323 | 3 |
4 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
5 | |
6 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
78260
922696f363b0
Switch license to GPLv3 or later.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
77511
diff
changeset
|
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) |
49323 | 9 any later version. |
10 | |
11 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
14 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
15 | |
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
17 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
64084 | 18 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, |
19 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ | |
49323 | 20 |
21 #include "config.h" | |
22 | |
23 #ifdef USE_GTK | |
49359
14cf50ecf91a
gtkutil.c: Must include stdio.h before termhooks.h
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49325
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <string.h> |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
25 #include <signal.h> |
49359
14cf50ecf91a
gtkutil.c: Must include stdio.h before termhooks.h
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49325
diff
changeset
|
26 #include <stdio.h> |
49323 | 27 #include "lisp.h" |
28 #include "xterm.h" | |
29 #include "blockinput.h" | |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
30 #include "syssignal.h" |
49323 | 31 #include "window.h" |
32 #include "atimer.h" | |
33 #include "gtkutil.h" | |
34 #include "termhooks.h" | |
51408
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
35 #include "keyboard.h" |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "charset.h" |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
37 #include "coding.h" |
49323 | 38 #include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> |
39 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
40 |
49323 | 41 #define FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT(f) \ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
42 (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f)) |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
43 |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
44 /* Avoid "differ in sign" warnings */ |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
45 #define SSDATA(x) ((char *) SDATA (x)) |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
46 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
47 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
48 /*********************************************************************** |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
49 Display handling functions |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
50 ***********************************************************************/ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
51 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
52 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
53 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
54 /* Return the GdkDisplay that corresponds to the X display DPY. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
55 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
56 static GdkDisplay * |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
57 xg_get_gdk_display (dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
58 Display *dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
59 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
60 return gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
61 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
62 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
63 /* When the GTK widget W is to be created on a display for F that |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
64 is not the default display, set the display for W. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
65 W can be a GtkMenu or a GtkWindow widget. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
66 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
67 static void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
68 xg_set_screen (w, f) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
69 GtkWidget *w; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
70 FRAME_PTR f; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
71 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
72 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) != GDK_DISPLAY ()) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
73 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
74 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
75 GdkScreen *gscreen = gdk_display_get_default_screen (gdpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
76 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
77 if (GTK_IS_MENU (w)) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
78 gtk_menu_set_screen (GTK_MENU (w), gscreen); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
79 else |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
80 gtk_window_set_screen (GTK_WINDOW (w), gscreen); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
81 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
82 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
83 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
84 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
85 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
86 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
87 /* Make some defines so we can use the GTK 2.2 functions when |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
88 compiling with GTK 2.0. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
89 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
90 #define xg_set_screen(w, f) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
91 #define gdk_xid_table_lookup_for_display(dpy, w) gdk_xid_table_lookup (w) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
92 #define gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display(dpy, p) gdk_pixmap_foreign_new (p) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
93 #define gdk_cursor_new_for_display(dpy, c) gdk_cursor_new (c) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
94 #define gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay(dpy) 0 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
95 #define GdkDisplay void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
96 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
97 #endif /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
98 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
99 /* Open a display named by DISPLAY_NAME. The display is returned in *DPY. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
100 *DPY is set to NULL if the display can't be opened. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
101 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
102 Returns non-zero if display could be opened, zero if display could not |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
103 be opened, and less than zero if the GTK version doesn't support |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
104 multipe displays. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
105 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
106 int |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
107 xg_display_open (display_name, dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
108 char *display_name; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
109 Display **dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
110 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
111 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
112 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
113 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
114 gdpy = gdk_display_open (display_name); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
115 *dpy = gdpy ? GDK_DISPLAY_XDISPLAY (gdpy) : NULL; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
116 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
117 return gdpy != NULL; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
118 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
119 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
120 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
121 return -1; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
122 #endif /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
123 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
124 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
125 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
126 /* Close display DPY. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
127 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
128 void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
129 xg_display_close (Display *dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
130 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
131 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
132 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
133 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
134 /* If this is the default display, we must change it before calling |
72778
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
135 dispose, otherwise it will crash on some Gtk+ versions. */ |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
136 if (gdk_display_get_default () == gdpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
137 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
138 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
139 Display *new_dpy = 0; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
140 GdkDisplay *gdpy_new; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
141 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
142 /* Find another display. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
143 for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
144 if (dpyinfo->display != dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
145 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
146 new_dpy = dpyinfo->display; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
147 break; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
148 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
149 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
150 if (! new_dpy) return; /* Emacs will exit anyway. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
151 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
152 gdpy_new = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (new_dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
153 gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get (), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
154 gdpy_new); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
155 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
156 |
72778
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
157 /* GTK 2.2-2.8 has a bug that makes gdk_display_close crash (bug |
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
158 http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). This way |
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
159 we can continue running, but there will be memory leaks. */ |
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
160 |
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
161 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION == 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION < 10 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
162 g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (gdpy)); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
163 #else |
72778
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
164 /* This seems to be fixed in GTK 2.10. */ |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
165 gdk_display_close (gdpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
166 #endif |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
167 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
168 } |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
169 |
49323 | 170 |
171 /*********************************************************************** | |
172 Utility functions | |
173 ***********************************************************************/ | |
174 /* The timer for scroll bar repetition and menu bar timeouts. | |
175 NULL if no timer is started. */ | |
176 static struct atimer *xg_timer; | |
177 | |
178 | |
179 /* The next two variables and functions are taken from lwlib. */ | |
180 static widget_value *widget_value_free_list; | |
181 static int malloc_cpt; | |
182 | |
183 /* Allocate a widget_value structure, either by taking one from the | |
184 widget_value_free_list or by malloc:ing a new one. | |
185 | |
186 Return a pointer to the allocated structure. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
187 |
49323 | 188 widget_value * |
189 malloc_widget_value () | |
190 { | |
191 widget_value *wv; | |
192 if (widget_value_free_list) | |
193 { | |
194 wv = widget_value_free_list; | |
195 widget_value_free_list = wv->free_list; | |
196 wv->free_list = 0; | |
197 } | |
198 else | |
199 { | |
69025
5d9232b72d14
(malloc_widget_value): Use xmalloc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68922
diff
changeset
|
200 wv = (widget_value *) xmalloc (sizeof (widget_value)); |
49323 | 201 malloc_cpt++; |
202 } | |
203 memset (wv, 0, sizeof (widget_value)); | |
204 return wv; | |
205 } | |
206 | |
207 /* This is analogous to free. It frees only what was allocated | |
208 by malloc_widget_value, and no substructures. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
209 |
49323 | 210 void |
211 free_widget_value (wv) | |
212 widget_value *wv; | |
213 { | |
214 if (wv->free_list) | |
215 abort (); | |
216 | |
217 if (malloc_cpt > 25) | |
218 { | |
219 /* When the number of already allocated cells is too big, | |
220 We free it. */ | |
221 free (wv); | |
222 malloc_cpt--; | |
223 } | |
224 else | |
225 { | |
226 wv->free_list = widget_value_free_list; | |
227 widget_value_free_list = wv; | |
228 } | |
229 } | |
230 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
231 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
232 /* Create and return the cursor to be used for popup menus and |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
233 scroll bars on display DPY. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
234 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
235 GdkCursor * |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
236 xg_create_default_cursor (dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
237 Display *dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
238 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
239 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
240 return gdk_cursor_new_for_display (gdpy, GDK_LEFT_PTR); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
241 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
242 |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
243 /* Apply GMASK to GPIX and return a GdkPixbuf with an alpha channel. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
244 |
65006
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
245 static GdkPixbuf * |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
246 xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, cmap) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
247 GdkPixmap *gpix; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
248 GdkPixmap *gmask; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
249 GdkColormap *cmap; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
250 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
251 int x, y, width, height, rowstride, mask_rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
252 GdkPixbuf *icon_buf, *tmp_buf; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
253 guchar *pixels; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
254 guchar *mask_pixels; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
255 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
256 gdk_drawable_get_size (gpix, &width, &height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
257 tmp_buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable (NULL, gpix, cmap, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
258 0, 0, 0, 0, width, height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
259 icon_buf = gdk_pixbuf_add_alpha (tmp_buf, FALSE, 0, 0, 0); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
260 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (tmp_buf)); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
261 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
262 if (gmask) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
263 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
264 GdkPixbuf *mask_buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable (NULL, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
265 gmask, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
266 NULL, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
267 0, 0, 0, 0, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
268 width, height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
269 guchar *pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (icon_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
270 guchar *mask_pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (mask_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
271 int rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (icon_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
272 int mask_rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (mask_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
273 int y; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
274 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
275 for (y = 0; y < height; ++y) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
276 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
277 guchar *iconptr, *maskptr; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
278 int x; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
279 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
280 iconptr = pixels + y * rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
281 maskptr = mask_pixels + y * mask_rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
282 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
283 for (x = 0; x < width; ++x) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
284 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
285 /* In a bitmap, RGB is either 255/255/255 or 0/0/0. Checking |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
286 just R is sufficient. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
287 if (maskptr[0] == 0) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
288 iconptr[3] = 0; /* 0, 1, 2 is R, G, B. 3 is alpha. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
289 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
290 iconptr += rowstride/width; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
291 maskptr += mask_rowstride/width; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
292 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
293 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
294 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
295 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (mask_buf)); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
296 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
297 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
298 return icon_buf; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
299 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
300 |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
301 static Lisp_Object |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
302 file_for_image(image) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
303 Lisp_Object image; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
304 { |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
305 Lisp_Object specified_file = Qnil; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
306 Lisp_Object tail; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
307 extern Lisp_Object QCfile; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
308 |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
309 for (tail = XCDR (image); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
310 NILP (specified_file) && CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail)); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
311 tail = XCDR (XCDR (tail))) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
312 if (EQ (XCAR (tail), QCfile)) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
313 specified_file = XCAR (XCDR (tail)); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
314 |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
315 return specified_file; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
316 } |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
317 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
318 /* For the image defined in IMG, make and return a GtkImage. For displays with |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
319 8 planes or less we must make a GdkPixbuf and apply the mask manually. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
320 Otherwise the highlightning and dimming the tool bar code in GTK does |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
321 will look bad. For display with more than 8 planes we just use the |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
322 pixmap and mask directly. For monochrome displays, GTK doesn't seem |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
323 able to use external pixmaps, it looks bad whatever we do. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
324 The image is defined on the display where frame F is. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
325 WIDGET is used to find the GdkColormap to use for the GdkPixbuf. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
326 If OLD_WIDGET is NULL, a new widget is constructed and returned. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
327 If OLD_WIDGET is not NULL, that widget is modified. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
328 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
329 static GtkWidget * |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
330 xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, widget, old_widget) |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
331 FRAME_PTR f; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
332 struct image *img; |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
333 GtkWidget *widget; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
334 GtkImage *old_widget; |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
335 { |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
336 GdkPixmap *gpix; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
337 GdkPixmap *gmask; |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
338 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
339 |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
340 /* If we have a file, let GTK do all the image handling. |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
341 This seems to be the only way to make insensitive and activated icons |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
342 look good in all cases. */ |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
343 Lisp_Object specified_file = file_for_image (img->spec); |
69141
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
344 Lisp_Object file; |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
345 |
69141
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
346 /* We already loaded the image once before calling this |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
347 function, so this only fails if the image file has been removed. |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
348 In that case, use the pixmap already loaded. */ |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
349 |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
350 if (STRINGP (specified_file) |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
351 && STRINGP (file = x_find_image_file (specified_file))) |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
352 { |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
353 if (! old_widget) |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
354 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_file (SSDATA (file))); |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
355 else |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
356 gtk_image_set_from_file (old_widget, SSDATA (file)); |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
357 |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
358 return GTK_WIDGET (old_widget); |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
359 } |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
360 |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
361 /* No file, do the image handling ourselves. This will look very bad |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
362 on a monochrome display, and sometimes bad on all displays with |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
363 certain themes. */ |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
364 |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
365 gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
366 gpix = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, img->pixmap); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
367 gmask = img->mask ? gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, img->mask) : 0; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
368 |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
369 if (x_screen_planes (f) > 8 || x_screen_planes (f) == 1) |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
370 { |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
371 if (! old_widget) |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
372 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_pixmap (gpix, gmask)); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
373 else |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
374 gtk_image_set_from_pixmap (old_widget, gpix, gmask); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
375 } |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
376 else |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
377 { |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
378 |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
379 /* This is a workaround to make icons look good on pseudo color |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
380 displays. Apparently GTK expects the images to have an alpha |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
381 channel. If they don't, insensitive and activated icons will |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
382 look bad. This workaround does not work on monochrome displays, |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
383 and is not needed on true color/static color displays (i.e. |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
384 16 bits and higher). */ |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
385 GdkColormap *cmap = gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
386 GdkPixbuf *icon_buf = xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, cmap); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
387 |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
388 if (! old_widget) |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
389 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (icon_buf)); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
390 else |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
391 gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (old_widget, icon_buf); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
392 |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
393 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (icon_buf)); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
394 } |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
395 |
56268
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
396 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gpix)); |
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
397 if (gmask) g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gmask)); |
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
398 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
399 return GTK_WIDGET (old_widget); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
400 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
401 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
402 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
403 /* Set CURSOR on W and all widgets W contain. We must do like this |
49323 | 404 for scroll bars and menu because they create widgets internally, |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
405 and it is those widgets that are visible. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
406 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
407 static void |
49323 | 408 xg_set_cursor (w, cursor) |
409 GtkWidget *w; | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
410 GdkCursor *cursor; |
49323 | 411 { |
412 GList *children = gdk_window_peek_children (w->window); | |
413 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
414 gdk_window_set_cursor (w->window, cursor); |
49323 | 415 |
416 /* The scroll bar widget has more than one GDK window (had to look at | |
417 the source to figure this out), and there is no way to set cursor | |
418 on widgets in GTK. So we must set the cursor for all GDK windows. | |
419 Ditto for menus. */ | |
420 | |
421 for ( ; children; children = g_list_next (children)) | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
422 gdk_window_set_cursor (GDK_WINDOW (children->data), cursor); |
49323 | 423 } |
424 | |
425 /* Timer function called when a timeout occurs for xg_timer. | |
426 This function processes all GTK events in a recursive event loop. | |
427 This is done because GTK timer events are not seen by Emacs event | |
428 detection, Emacs only looks for X events. When a scroll bar has the | |
429 pointer (detected by button press/release events below) an Emacs | |
430 timer is started, and this function can then check if the GTK timer | |
431 has expired by calling the GTK event loop. | |
432 Also, when a menu is active, it has a small timeout before it | |
433 pops down the sub menu under it. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
434 |
49323 | 435 static void |
436 xg_process_timeouts (timer) | |
437 struct atimer *timer; | |
438 { | |
439 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
440 /* Ideally we would like to just handle timer events, like the Xt version | |
441 of this does in xterm.c, but there is no such feature in GTK. */ | |
442 while (gtk_events_pending ()) | |
443 gtk_main_iteration (); | |
444 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
445 } | |
446 | |
447 /* Start the xg_timer with an interval of 0.1 seconds, if not already started. | |
448 xg_process_timeouts is called when the timer expires. The timer | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
449 started is continuous, i.e. runs until xg_stop_timer is called. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
450 |
49323 | 451 static void |
452 xg_start_timer () | |
453 { | |
454 if (! xg_timer) | |
455 { | |
456 EMACS_TIME interval; | |
457 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval, 0, 100000); | |
458 xg_timer = start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS, | |
459 interval, | |
460 xg_process_timeouts, | |
461 0); | |
462 } | |
463 } | |
464 | |
465 /* Stop the xg_timer if started. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
466 |
49323 | 467 static void |
468 xg_stop_timer () | |
469 { | |
470 if (xg_timer) | |
471 { | |
472 cancel_atimer (xg_timer); | |
473 xg_timer = 0; | |
474 } | |
475 } | |
476 | |
477 /* Insert NODE into linked LIST. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
478 |
49323 | 479 static void |
480 xg_list_insert (xg_list_node *list, xg_list_node *node) | |
481 { | |
482 xg_list_node *list_start = list->next; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
483 |
49323 | 484 if (list_start) list_start->prev = node; |
485 node->next = list_start; | |
486 node->prev = 0; | |
487 list->next = node; | |
488 } | |
489 | |
490 /* Remove NODE from linked LIST. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
491 |
49323 | 492 static void |
493 xg_list_remove (xg_list_node *list, xg_list_node *node) | |
494 { | |
495 xg_list_node *list_start = list->next; | |
496 if (node == list_start) | |
497 { | |
498 list->next = node->next; | |
499 if (list->next) list->next->prev = 0; | |
500 } | |
501 else | |
502 { | |
503 node->prev->next = node->next; | |
504 if (node->next) node->next->prev = node->prev; | |
505 } | |
506 } | |
507 | |
508 /* Allocate and return a utf8 version of STR. If STR is already | |
509 utf8 or NULL, just return STR. | |
510 If not, a new string is allocated and the caller must free the result | |
511 with g_free. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
512 |
49323 | 513 static char * |
514 get_utf8_string (str) | |
515 char *str; | |
516 { | |
517 char *utf8_str = str; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
518 |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
519 if (!str) return NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
520 |
49323 | 521 /* If not UTF-8, try current locale. */ |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
522 if (!g_utf8_validate (str, -1, NULL)) |
49323 | 523 utf8_str = g_locale_to_utf8 (str, -1, 0, 0, 0); |
524 | |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
525 if (!utf8_str) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
526 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
527 /* Probably some control characters in str. Escape them. */ |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
528 size_t nr_bad = 0; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
529 gsize bytes_read; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
530 gsize bytes_written; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
531 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)str; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
532 char *cp, *up; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
533 GError *error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
534 |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
535 while (! (cp = g_locale_to_utf8 ((char *)p, -1, &bytes_read, |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
536 &bytes_written, &error)) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
537 && error->code == G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
538 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
539 ++nr_bad; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
540 p += bytes_written+1; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
541 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
542 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
543 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
544 |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
545 if (error) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
546 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
547 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
548 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
549 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
550 if (cp) g_free (cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
551 |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
552 up = utf8_str = xmalloc (strlen (str) + nr_bad * 4 + 1); |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
553 p = (unsigned char *)str; |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
554 |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
555 while (! (cp = g_locale_to_utf8 ((char *)p, -1, &bytes_read, |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
556 &bytes_written, &error)) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
557 && error->code == G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
558 { |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
559 strncpy (up, (char *)p, bytes_written); |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
560 sprintf (up + bytes_written, "\\%03o", p[bytes_written]); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
561 up[bytes_written+4] = '\0'; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
562 up += bytes_written+4; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
563 p += bytes_written+1; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
564 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
565 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
566 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
567 |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
568 if (cp) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
569 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
570 strcat (utf8_str, cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
571 g_free (cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
572 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
573 if (error) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
574 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
575 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
576 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
577 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
578 } |
49323 | 579 return utf8_str; |
580 } | |
581 | |
582 | |
583 | |
584 /*********************************************************************** | |
585 General functions for creating widgets, resizing, events, e.t.c. | |
586 ***********************************************************************/ | |
587 | |
588 /* Make a geometry string and pass that to GTK. It seems this is the | |
589 only way to get geometry position right if the user explicitly | |
590 asked for a position when starting Emacs. | |
591 F is the frame we shall set geometry for. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
592 |
49323 | 593 static void |
594 xg_set_geometry (f) | |
595 FRAME_PTR f; | |
596 { | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
597 if (f->size_hint_flags & USPosition) |
49323 | 598 { |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
599 int left = f->left_pos; |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
600 int xneg = f->size_hint_flags & XNegative; |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
601 int top = f->top_pos; |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
602 int yneg = f->size_hint_flags & YNegative; |
49323 | 603 char geom_str[32]; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
604 |
49323 | 605 if (xneg) |
606 left = -left; | |
607 if (yneg) | |
608 top = -top; | |
609 | |
610 sprintf (geom_str, "=%dx%d%c%d%c%d", | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
611 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
49323 | 612 FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), |
613 (xneg ? '-' : '+'), left, | |
614 (yneg ? '-' : '+'), top); | |
615 | |
616 if (!gtk_window_parse_geometry (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), | |
617 geom_str)) | |
618 fprintf (stderr, "Failed to parse: '%s'\n", geom_str); | |
65628
a998f173b21a
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_geometry): Do a gtk_window_move if program
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65006
diff
changeset
|
619 } else if (f->size_hint_flags & PPosition) { |
a998f173b21a
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_geometry): Do a gtk_window_move if program
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65006
diff
changeset
|
620 gtk_window_move (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
a998f173b21a
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_geometry): Do a gtk_window_move if program
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65006
diff
changeset
|
621 f->left_pos, f->top_pos); |
49323 | 622 } |
623 } | |
624 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
625 |
49323 | 626 /* Resize the outer window of frame F after chainging the height. |
627 This happend when the menu bar or the tool bar is added or removed. | |
628 COLUMNS/ROWS is the size the edit area shall have after the resize. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
629 |
49323 | 630 static void |
631 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, columns, rows) | |
632 FRAME_PTR f; | |
633 int columns; | |
634 int rows; | |
635 { | |
636 /* If we are not mapped yet, set geometry once again, as window | |
637 height now have changed. */ | |
638 if (! GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))) | |
639 xg_set_geometry (f); | |
640 | |
641 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, columns, rows); | |
642 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); | |
643 } | |
644 | |
645 /* Function to handle resize of our widgets. Since Emacs has some layouts | |
646 that does not fit well with GTK standard containers, we do most layout | |
647 manually. | |
648 F is the frame to resize. | |
649 PIXELWIDTH, PIXELHEIGHT is the new size in pixels. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
650 |
49323 | 651 void |
652 xg_resize_widgets (f, pixelwidth, pixelheight) | |
653 FRAME_PTR f; | |
654 int pixelwidth, pixelheight; | |
655 { | |
656 int mbheight = FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f); | |
657 int tbheight = FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); | |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
658 int rows = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f, (pixelheight |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
659 - mbheight - tbheight)); |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
660 int columns = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f, pixelwidth); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
661 |
49323 | 662 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
663 && (columns != FRAME_COLS (f) |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
664 || rows != FRAME_LINES (f) |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
665 || pixelwidth != FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
666 || pixelheight != FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f))) |
49323 | 667 { |
668 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
669 GtkAllocation all; | |
670 | |
671 all.y = mbheight + tbheight; | |
672 all.x = 0; | |
673 | |
674 all.width = pixelwidth; | |
675 all.height = pixelheight - mbheight - tbheight; | |
676 | |
677 gtk_widget_size_allocate (x->edit_widget, &all); | |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
678 |
49323 | 679 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0); |
680 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
681 cancel_mouse_face (f); | |
682 } | |
683 } | |
684 | |
685 | |
686 /* Update our widget size to be COLS/ROWS characters for frame F. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
687 |
49323 | 688 void |
689 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, cols, rows) | |
690 FRAME_PTR f; | |
691 int cols; | |
692 int rows; | |
693 { | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
694 int pixelheight = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows) |
49323 | 695 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
696 int pixelwidth; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
697 |
49323 | 698 /* Take into account the size of the scroll bar. Always use the |
699 number of columns occupied by the scroll bar here otherwise we | |
700 might end up with a frame width that is not a multiple of the | |
701 frame's character width which is bad for vertically split | |
702 windows. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
703 f->scroll_bar_actual_width |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
704 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
49323 | 705 |
50099
a62497b91c74
Use generic compute_fringe_widths.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50063
diff
changeset
|
706 compute_fringe_widths (f, 0); |
49323 | 707 |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
708 /* FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH uses scroll_bar_actual_width, so call it |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
709 after calculating that value. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
710 pixelwidth = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
711 |
49323 | 712 /* Must resize our top level widget. Font size may have changed, |
713 but not rows/cols. */ | |
714 gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), | |
715 pixelwidth, pixelheight); | |
716 xg_resize_widgets (f, pixelwidth, pixelheight); | |
53275
a07a0bae1990
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Call x_wm_set_size_hint.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53069
diff
changeset
|
717 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
718 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
719 cancel_mouse_face (f); |
49323 | 720 } |
721 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
722 /* Convert an X Window WSESC on display DPY to its corresponding GtkWidget. |
49323 | 723 Must be done like this, because GtkWidget:s can have "hidden" |
724 X Window that aren't accessible. | |
725 | |
726 Return 0 if no widget match WDESC. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
727 |
49323 | 728 GtkWidget * |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
729 xg_win_to_widget (dpy, wdesc) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
730 Display *dpy; |
49323 | 731 Window wdesc; |
732 { | |
733 gpointer gdkwin; | |
734 GtkWidget *gwdesc = 0; | |
735 | |
736 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
737 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
738 gdkwin = gdk_xid_table_lookup_for_display (gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
739 wdesc); |
49323 | 740 if (gdkwin) |
741 { | |
742 GdkEvent event; | |
743 event.any.window = gdkwin; | |
744 gwdesc = gtk_get_event_widget (&event); | |
745 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
746 |
49323 | 747 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
748 return gwdesc; | |
749 } | |
750 | |
751 /* Fill in the GdkColor C so that it represents PIXEL. | |
752 W is the widget that color will be used for. Used to find colormap. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
753 |
49323 | 754 static void |
755 xg_pix_to_gcolor (w, pixel, c) | |
756 GtkWidget *w; | |
757 unsigned long pixel; | |
758 GdkColor *c; | |
759 { | |
760 GdkColormap *map = gtk_widget_get_colormap (w); | |
761 gdk_colormap_query_color (map, pixel, c); | |
762 } | |
763 | |
764 /* Create and set up the GTK widgets for frame F. | |
765 Return 0 if creation failed, non-zero otherwise. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
766 |
49323 | 767 int |
768 xg_create_frame_widgets (f) | |
769 FRAME_PTR f; | |
770 { | |
771 GtkWidget *wtop; | |
772 GtkWidget *wvbox; | |
773 GtkWidget *wfixed; | |
774 GdkColor bg; | |
775 GtkRcStyle *style; | |
776 int i; | |
777 char *title = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
778 |
49323 | 779 BLOCK_INPUT; |
780 | |
781 wtop = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
782 xg_set_screen (wtop, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
783 |
49323 | 784 wvbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
785 wfixed = gtk_fixed_new (); /* Must have this to place scroll bars */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
786 |
49323 | 787 if (! wtop || ! wvbox || ! wfixed) |
788 { | |
789 if (wtop) gtk_widget_destroy (wtop); | |
790 if (wvbox) gtk_widget_destroy (wvbox); | |
791 if (wfixed) gtk_widget_destroy (wfixed); | |
792 | |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
793 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
49323 | 794 return 0; |
795 } | |
796 | |
797 /* Use same names as the Xt port does. I.e. Emacs.pane.emacs by default */ | |
798 gtk_widget_set_name (wtop, EMACS_CLASS); | |
799 gtk_widget_set_name (wvbox, "pane"); | |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
800 gtk_widget_set_name (wfixed, SSDATA (Vx_resource_name)); |
49323 | 801 |
802 /* If this frame has a title or name, set it in the title bar. */ | |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
803 if (! NILP (f->title)) title = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->title)); |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
804 else if (! NILP (f->name)) title = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->name)); |
49323 | 805 |
806 if (title) gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), title); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
807 |
49323 | 808 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) = wtop; |
809 FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) = wfixed; | |
810 f->output_data.x->vbox_widget = wvbox; | |
811 | |
812 gtk_fixed_set_has_window (GTK_FIXED (wfixed), TRUE); | |
813 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
814 gtk_widget_set_size_request (wfixed, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
815 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
816 |
49323 | 817 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wtop), wvbox); |
818 gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (wvbox), wfixed, TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
819 | |
820 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f)) | |
821 update_frame_tool_bar (f); | |
822 | |
823 /* The tool bar is created but first there are no items in it. | |
824 This causes it to be zero height. Later items are added, but then | |
825 the frame is already mapped, so there is a "jumping" resize. | |
826 This makes geometry handling difficult, for example -0-0 will end | |
827 up in the wrong place as tool bar height has not been taken into account. | |
828 So we cheat a bit by setting a height that is what it will have | |
829 later on when tool bar items are added. */ | |
56804
3f2598db97ac
* gtkutil.c (xg_create_frame_widgets): Compensate for tool bar when
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56269
diff
changeset
|
830 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f) && f->n_tool_bar_items == 0) |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
831 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 38; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
832 |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
833 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
834 /* We don't want this widget double buffered, because we draw on it |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
835 with regular X drawing primitives, so from a GTK/GDK point of |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
836 view, the widget is totally blank. When an expose comes, this |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
837 will make the widget blank, and then Emacs redraws it. This flickers |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
838 a lot, so we turn off double buffering. */ |
49323 | 839 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (wfixed, FALSE); |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
840 |
49323 | 841 /* GTK documents says use gtk_window_set_resizable. But then a user |
842 can't shrink the window from its starting size. */ | |
843 gtk_window_set_policy (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), TRUE, TRUE, TRUE); | |
844 gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), | |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
845 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name), |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
846 SSDATA (Vx_resource_class)); |
49323 | 847 |
848 /* Add callback to do nothing on WM_DELETE_WINDOW. The default in | |
849 GTK is to destroy the widget. We want Emacs to do that instead. */ | |
850 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wtop), "delete-event", | |
851 G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
852 |
49323 | 853 /* Convert our geometry parameters into a geometry string |
854 and specify it. | |
855 GTK will itself handle calculating the real position this way. */ | |
856 xg_set_geometry (f); | |
857 | |
858 gtk_widget_add_events (wfixed, | |
859 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK | |
860 | GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK | |
861 | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | |
862 | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK | |
863 | GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK | |
864 | GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK | |
865 | GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK | |
866 | GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK | |
867 | GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK | |
868 | GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK); | |
869 | |
870 /* Must realize the windows so the X window gets created. It is used | |
871 by callers of this function. */ | |
872 gtk_widget_realize (wfixed); | |
873 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) = GTK_WIDGET_TO_X_WIN (wfixed); | |
874 | |
875 /* Since GTK clears its window by filling with the background color, | |
876 we must keep X and GTK background in sync. */ | |
83505 | 877 xg_pix_to_gcolor (wfixed, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f), &bg); |
49323 | 878 gtk_widget_modify_bg (wfixed, GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &bg); |
879 | |
880 /* Also, do not let any background pixmap to be set, this looks very | |
881 bad as Emacs overwrites the background pixmap with its own idea | |
882 of background color. */ | |
883 style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (wfixed); | |
884 | |
885 /* Must use g_strdup because gtk_widget_modify_style does g_free. */ | |
886 style->bg_pixmap_name[GTK_STATE_NORMAL] = g_strdup ("<none>"); | |
887 gtk_widget_modify_style (wfixed, style); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
888 |
49323 | 889 /* GTK does not set any border, and they look bad with GTK. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
890 f->border_width = 0; |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
891 f->internal_border_width = 0; |
49323 | 892 |
893 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
894 | |
895 return 1; | |
896 } | |
897 | |
898 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. | |
899 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags | |
900 that the window now has. | |
901 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the User Position | |
902 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
903 |
49323 | 904 void |
905 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) | |
906 FRAME_PTR f; | |
907 long flags; | |
908 int user_position; | |
909 { | |
910 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) | |
911 { | |
912 /* Must use GTK routines here, otherwise GTK resets the size hints | |
913 to its own defaults. */ | |
914 GdkGeometry size_hints; | |
915 gint hint_flags = 0; | |
916 int base_width, base_height; | |
917 int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0; | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
918 int win_gravity = f->win_gravity; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
919 |
49323 | 920 if (flags) |
921 { | |
922 memset (&size_hints, 0, sizeof (size_hints)); | |
923 f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; | |
924 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; | |
925 } | |
926 else | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
927 flags = f->size_hint_flags; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
928 |
49323 | 929 size_hints = f->output_data.x->size_hints; |
930 hint_flags = f->output_data.x->hint_flags; | |
931 | |
932 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC | GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE; | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
933 size_hints.width_inc = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
934 size_hints.height_inc = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); |
49323 | 935 |
936 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE; | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
937 base_width = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
938 base_height = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0) |
49323 | 939 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); |
940 | |
941 check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols); | |
942 | |
943 size_hints.base_width = base_width; | |
944 size_hints.base_height = base_height; | |
945 size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc; | |
946 size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc; | |
947 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
948 |
49323 | 949 /* These currently have a one to one mapping with the X values, but I |
950 don't think we should rely on that. */ | |
951 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_WIN_GRAVITY; | |
952 size_hints.win_gravity = 0; | |
953 if (win_gravity == NorthWestGravity) | |
954 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST; | |
955 else if (win_gravity == NorthGravity) | |
956 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH; | |
957 else if (win_gravity == NorthEastGravity) | |
958 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_EAST; | |
959 else if (win_gravity == WestGravity) | |
960 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_WEST; | |
961 else if (win_gravity == CenterGravity) | |
962 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_CENTER; | |
963 else if (win_gravity == EastGravity) | |
964 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_EAST; | |
965 else if (win_gravity == SouthWestGravity) | |
966 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_WEST; | |
967 else if (win_gravity == SouthGravity) | |
968 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH; | |
969 else if (win_gravity == SouthEastGravity) | |
970 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_EAST; | |
971 else if (win_gravity == StaticGravity) | |
972 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_STATIC; | |
973 | |
974 if (flags & PPosition) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_POS; | |
975 if (flags & USPosition) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_POS; | |
976 if (flags & USSize) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_SIZE; | |
977 | |
978 if (user_position) | |
979 { | |
980 hint_flags &= ~GDK_HINT_POS; | |
981 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_POS; | |
982 } | |
983 | |
984 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
985 | |
986 gtk_window_set_geometry_hints (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), | |
987 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f), | |
988 &size_hints, | |
989 hint_flags); | |
990 | |
991 f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; | |
992 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; | |
993 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
994 } | |
995 } | |
996 | |
997 /* Change background color of a frame. | |
998 Since GTK uses the background colour to clear the window, we must | |
999 keep the GTK and X colors in sync. | |
1000 F is the frame to change, | |
1001 BG is the pixel value to change to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1002 |
49323 | 1003 void |
1004 xg_set_background_color (f, bg) | |
1005 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1006 unsigned long bg; | |
1007 { | |
1008 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) | |
1009 { | |
1010 GdkColor gdk_bg; | |
1011 | |
1012 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
1013 xg_pix_to_gcolor (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), bg, &gdk_bg); | |
1014 gtk_widget_modify_bg (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &gdk_bg); | |
1015 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
1016 } | |
1017 } | |
1018 | |
1019 | |
65006
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1020 /* Set the frame icon to ICON_PIXMAP/MASK. This must be done with GTK |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1021 functions so GTK does not overwrite the icon. */ |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1022 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1023 void |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1024 xg_set_frame_icon (f, icon_pixmap, icon_mask) |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1025 FRAME_PTR f; |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1026 Pixmap icon_pixmap; |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1027 Pixmap icon_mask; |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1028 { |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1029 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1030 GdkPixmap *gpix = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, icon_pixmap); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1031 GdkPixmap *gmask = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, icon_mask); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1032 GdkPixbuf *gp = xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, NULL); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1033 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1034 gtk_window_set_icon (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), gp); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1035 } |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1036 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1037 |
49323 | 1038 |
1039 /*********************************************************************** | |
1040 Dialog functions | |
1041 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1042 /* Return the dialog title to use for a dialog of type KEY. | |
1043 This is the encoding used by lwlib. We use the same for GTK. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1044 |
49323 | 1045 static char * |
1046 get_dialog_title (char key) | |
1047 { | |
1048 char *title = ""; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1049 |
49323 | 1050 switch (key) { |
1051 case 'E': case 'e': | |
1052 title = "Error"; | |
1053 break; | |
1054 | |
1055 case 'I': case 'i': | |
1056 title = "Information"; | |
1057 break; | |
1058 | |
1059 case 'L': case 'l': | |
1060 title = "Prompt"; | |
1061 break; | |
1062 | |
1063 case 'P': case 'p': | |
1064 title = "Prompt"; | |
1065 break; | |
1066 | |
1067 case 'Q': case 'q': | |
1068 title = "Question"; | |
1069 break; | |
1070 } | |
1071 | |
1072 return title; | |
1073 } | |
1074 | |
1075 /* Callback for dialogs that get WM_DELETE_WINDOW. We pop down | |
1076 the dialog, but return TRUE so the event does not propagate further | |
1077 in GTK. This prevents GTK from destroying the dialog widget automatically | |
1078 and we can always destrou the widget manually, regardles of how | |
1079 it was popped down (button press or WM_DELETE_WINDOW). | |
1080 W is the dialog widget. | |
1081 EVENT is the GdkEvent that represents WM_DELETE_WINDOW (not used). | |
1082 user_data is NULL (not used). | |
1083 | |
1084 Returns TRUE to end propagation of event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1085 |
49323 | 1086 static gboolean |
1087 dialog_delete_callback (w, event, user_data) | |
1088 GtkWidget *w; | |
1089 GdkEvent *event; | |
1090 gpointer user_data; | |
1091 { | |
1092 gtk_widget_unmap (w); | |
1093 return TRUE; | |
1094 } | |
1095 | |
1096 /* Create a popup dialog window. See also xg_create_widget below. | |
1097 WV is a widget_value describing the dialog. | |
1098 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a button has been pressed. | |
1099 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when the dialog pops down. | |
1100 | |
1101 Returns the GTK dialog widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1102 |
49323 | 1103 static GtkWidget * |
1104 create_dialog (wv, select_cb, deactivate_cb) | |
1105 widget_value *wv; | |
1106 GCallback select_cb; | |
1107 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
1108 { | |
1109 char *title = get_dialog_title (wv->name[0]); | |
1110 int total_buttons = wv->name[1] - '0'; | |
1111 int right_buttons = wv->name[4] - '0'; | |
1112 int left_buttons; | |
1113 int button_nr = 0; | |
1114 int button_spacing = 10; | |
1115 GtkWidget *wdialog = gtk_dialog_new (); | |
1116 widget_value *item; | |
1117 GtkBox *cur_box; | |
1118 GtkWidget *wvbox; | |
1119 GtkWidget *whbox_up; | |
1120 GtkWidget *whbox_down; | |
1121 | |
1122 /* If the number of buttons is greater than 4, make two rows of buttons | |
1123 instead. This looks better. */ | |
1124 int make_two_rows = total_buttons > 4; | |
1125 | |
1126 if (right_buttons == 0) right_buttons = total_buttons/2; | |
1127 left_buttons = total_buttons - right_buttons; | |
1128 | |
1129 gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wdialog), title); | |
1130 gtk_widget_set_name (wdialog, "emacs-dialog"); | |
1131 | |
1132 cur_box = GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->action_area); | |
1133 | |
1134 if (make_two_rows) | |
1135 { | |
1136 wvbox = gtk_vbox_new (TRUE, button_spacing); | |
1137 whbox_up = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); | |
1138 whbox_down = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); | |
1139 | |
1140 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, wvbox, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1141 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox_up, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1142 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox_down, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1143 | |
1144 cur_box = GTK_BOX (whbox_up); | |
1145 } | |
1146 | |
1147 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "delete-event", | |
1148 G_CALLBACK (dialog_delete_callback), 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1149 |
49323 | 1150 if (deactivate_cb) |
1151 { | |
1152 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "close", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1153 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "response", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1154 } | |
1155 | |
1156 for (item = wv->contents; item; item = item->next) | |
1157 { | |
1158 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->value); | |
1159 GtkWidget *w; | |
1160 GtkRequisition req; | |
1161 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
1162 if (item->name && strcmp (item->name, "message") == 0) |
49323 | 1163 { |
1164 /* This is the text part of the dialog. */ | |
1165 w = gtk_label_new (utf8_label); | |
1166 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), | |
1167 gtk_label_new (""), | |
1168 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1169 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), w, | |
1170 TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
1171 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (w), 0.1, 0.5); | |
1172 | |
1173 /* Try to make dialog look better. Must realize first so | |
1174 the widget can calculate the size it needs. */ | |
1175 gtk_widget_realize (w); | |
1176 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req); | |
1177 gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), | |
1178 req.height); | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
1179 if (item->value && strlen (item->value) > 0) |
49323 | 1180 button_spacing = 2*req.width/strlen (item->value); |
1181 } | |
1182 else | |
1183 { | |
1184 /* This is one button to add to the dialog. */ | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1185 w = gtk_button_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1186 if (! item->enabled) |
1187 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
1188 if (select_cb) | |
1189 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "clicked", | |
1190 select_cb, item->call_data); | |
1191 | |
1192 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, w, TRUE, TRUE, button_spacing); | |
1193 if (++button_nr == left_buttons) | |
1194 { | |
1195 if (make_two_rows) | |
1196 cur_box = GTK_BOX (whbox_down); | |
1197 else | |
1198 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, | |
1199 gtk_label_new (""), | |
1200 TRUE, TRUE, | |
1201 button_spacing); | |
1202 } | |
1203 } | |
1204 | |
1205 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->value) | |
1206 g_free (utf8_label); | |
1207 } | |
1208 | |
1209 return wdialog; | |
1210 } | |
1211 | |
1212 | |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1213 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1214 /*********************************************************************** |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1215 File dialog functions |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1216 ***********************************************************************/ |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1217 /* Return non-zero if the old file selection dialog is being used. |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1218 Return zero if not. */ |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1219 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1220 int |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1221 xg_uses_old_file_dialog () |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1222 { |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1223 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH |
72963
e5e5fcf4397e
* gtkutil.c (xg_uses_old_file_dialog): Rename x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72931
diff
changeset
|
1224 extern int x_gtk_use_old_file_dialog; |
e5e5fcf4397e
* gtkutil.c (xg_uses_old_file_dialog): Rename x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72931
diff
changeset
|
1225 return x_gtk_use_old_file_dialog; |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1226 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1227 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1228 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1229 return 1; |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1230 #else |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1231 return 0; |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1232 #endif |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1233 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1234 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1235 } |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1236 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1237 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1238 /* Function that is called when the file dialog pops down. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1239 W is the dialog widget, RESPONSE is the response code. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1240 USER_DATA is what we passed in to g_signal_connect (pointer to int). */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1241 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1242 static void |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1243 xg_file_response_cb (w, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1244 response, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1245 user_data) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1246 GtkDialog *w; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1247 gint response; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1248 gpointer user_data; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1249 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1250 int *ptr = (int *) user_data; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1251 *ptr = response; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1252 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1253 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1254 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1255 /* Destroy the dialog. This makes it pop down. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1256 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1257 static Lisp_Object |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1258 pop_down_file_dialog (arg) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1259 Lisp_Object arg; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1260 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1261 struct Lisp_Save_Value *p = XSAVE_VALUE (arg); |
58201
d433adb0e42c
Add BLOCK_INPUT in pop_down_file_dialog.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58200
diff
changeset
|
1262 BLOCK_INPUT; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1263 gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (p->pointer)); |
58201
d433adb0e42c
Add BLOCK_INPUT in pop_down_file_dialog.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58200
diff
changeset
|
1264 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1265 return Qnil; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1266 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1267 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1268 typedef char * (*xg_get_file_func) P_ ((GtkWidget *)); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1269 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1270 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1271 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1272 /* Return the selected file for file chooser dialog W. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1273 The returned string must be free:d. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1274 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1275 static char * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1276 xg_get_file_name_from_chooser (w) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1277 GtkWidget *w; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1278 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1279 return gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (w)); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1280 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1281 |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1282 /* Callback called when the "Show hidden files" toggle is pressed. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1283 WIDGET is the toggle widget, DATA is the file chooser dialog. */ |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1284 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1285 static void |
67849 | 1286 xg_toggle_visibility_cb (widget, data) |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1287 GtkWidget *widget; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1288 gpointer data; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1289 { |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1290 GtkFileChooser *dialog = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (data); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1291 gboolean visible; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1292 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (dialog), "show-hidden", &visible, NULL); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1293 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (dialog), "show-hidden", !visible, NULL); |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1294 } |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1295 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1296 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1297 /* Callback called when a property changes in a file chooser. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1298 GOBJECT is the file chooser dialog, ARG1 describes the property. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1299 USER_DATA is the toggle widget in the file chooser dialog. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1300 We use this to update the "Show hidden files" toggle when the user |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1301 changes that property by right clicking in the file list. */ |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1302 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1303 static void |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1304 xg_toggle_notify_cb (gobject, arg1, user_data) |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1305 GObject *gobject; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1306 GParamSpec *arg1; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1307 gpointer user_data; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1308 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1309 extern int x_gtk_show_hidden_files; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1310 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1311 if (strcmp (arg1->name, "show-hidden") == 0) |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1312 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1313 GtkFileChooser *dialog = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (gobject); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1314 GtkWidget *wtoggle = GTK_WIDGET (user_data); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1315 gboolean visible, toggle_on; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1316 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1317 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (gobject), "show-hidden", &visible, NULL); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1318 toggle_on = gtk_toggle_button_get_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle)); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1319 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1320 if (!!visible != !!toggle_on) |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1321 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1322 g_signal_handlers_block_by_func (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1323 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1324 gobject); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1325 gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle), visible); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1326 g_signal_handlers_unblock_by_func |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1327 (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1328 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1329 gobject); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1330 } |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1331 x_gtk_show_hidden_files = visible; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1332 } |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1333 } |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1334 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1335 /* Read a file name from the user using a file chooser dialog. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1336 F is the current frame. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1337 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1338 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1339 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1340 file. *FUNC is set to a function that can be used to retrieve the |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1341 selected file name from the returned widget. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1342 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1343 Returns the created widget. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1344 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1345 static GtkWidget * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1346 xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1347 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, func) |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1348 FRAME_PTR f; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1349 char *prompt; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1350 char *default_filename; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1351 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1352 xg_get_file_func *func; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1353 { |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1354 char message[1024]; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1355 |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1356 GtkWidget *filewin, *wtoggle, *wbox, *wmessage; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1357 GtkWindow *gwin = GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1358 GtkFileChooserAction action = (mustmatch_p ? |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1359 GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN : |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1360 GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1361 extern int x_gtk_show_hidden_files; |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1362 extern int x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text; |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1363 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1364 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1365 if (only_dir_p) |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1366 action = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1367 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1368 filewin = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (prompt, gwin, action, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1369 GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1370 (mustmatch_p || only_dir_p ? |
57900
a76858072e78
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Use GTK_STOCK_OK instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57868
diff
changeset
|
1371 GTK_STOCK_OPEN : GTK_STOCK_OK), |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1372 GTK_RESPONSE_OK, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1373 NULL); |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1374 gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), TRUE); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1375 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1376 wbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1377 gtk_widget_show (wbox); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1378 wtoggle = gtk_check_button_new_with_label ("Show hidden files."); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1379 |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1380 if (x_gtk_show_hidden_files) |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1381 { |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1382 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (filewin), "show-hidden", TRUE, NULL); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1383 gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle), TRUE); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1384 } |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1385 gtk_widget_show (wtoggle); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1386 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), "clicked", |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1387 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), filewin); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1388 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (filewin), "notify", |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1389 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_notify_cb), wtoggle); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1390 |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1391 if (x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1392 { |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1393 message[0] = '\0'; |
73048
4a83c4a89b5e
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Only chow C-l help for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72968
diff
changeset
|
1394 /* Gtk+ 2.10 has the file name text entry box integrated in the dialog. |
4a83c4a89b5e
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Only chow C-l help for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72968
diff
changeset
|
1395 Show the C-l help text only for versions < 2.10. */ |
73066 | 1396 if (gtk_check_version (2, 10, 0) && action != GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1397 strcat (message, "\nType C-l to display a file name text entry box.\n"); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1398 strcat (message, "\nIf you don't like this file selector, use the " |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1399 "corresponding\nkey binding or customize " |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1400 "use-file-dialog to turn it off."); |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1401 |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1402 wmessage = gtk_label_new (message); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1403 gtk_widget_show (wmessage); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1404 } |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1405 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1406 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wtoggle, FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1407 if (x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1408 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wmessage, FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1409 gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), wbox); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1410 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1411 if (default_filename) |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1412 { |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1413 Lisp_Object file; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1414 struct gcpro gcpro1; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1415 GCPRO1 (file); |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1416 char *utf8_filename; |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1417 |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1418 file = build_string (default_filename); |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1419 |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1420 /* File chooser does not understand ~/... in the file name. It must be |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1421 an absolute name starting with /. */ |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1422 if (default_filename[0] != '/') |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1423 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1424 |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1425 utf8_filename = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (file)); |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1426 if (! NILP (Ffile_directory_p (file))) |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1427 gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1428 utf8_filename); |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1429 else |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1430 { |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1431 gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1432 utf8_filename); |
72637
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1433 if (action == GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE) |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1434 { |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1435 char *cp = strrchr (utf8_filename, '/'); |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1436 if (cp) ++cp; |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1437 else cp = utf8_filename; |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1438 gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), cp); |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1439 } |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1440 } |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1441 |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1442 UNGCPRO; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1443 } |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1444 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1445 *func = xg_get_file_name_from_chooser; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1446 return filewin; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1447 } |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1448 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1449 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1450 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1451 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1452 /* Return the selected file for file selector dialog W. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1453 The returned string must be free:d. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1454 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1455 static char * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1456 xg_get_file_name_from_selector (w) |
49323 | 1457 GtkWidget *w; |
1458 { | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1459 GtkFileSelection *filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1460 return xstrdup ((char*) gtk_file_selection_get_filename (filesel)); |
49323 | 1461 } |
1462 | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1463 /* Create a file selection dialog. |
49323 | 1464 F is the current frame. |
1465 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. | |
1466 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. | |
1467 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1468 file. *FUNC is set to a function that can be used to retrieve the |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1469 selected file name from the returned widget. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1470 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1471 Returns the created widget. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1472 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1473 static GtkWidget * |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1474 xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1475 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, func) |
49323 | 1476 FRAME_PTR f; |
1477 char *prompt; | |
1478 char *default_filename; | |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1479 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1480 xg_get_file_func *func; |
49323 | 1481 { |
1482 GtkWidget *filewin; | |
1483 GtkFileSelection *filesel; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1484 |
49323 | 1485 filewin = gtk_file_selection_new (prompt); |
1486 filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (filewin); | |
1487 | |
1488 if (default_filename) | |
1489 gtk_file_selection_set_filename (filesel, default_filename); | |
1490 | |
1491 if (mustmatch_p) | |
1492 { | |
1493 /* The selection_entry part of filesel is not documented. */ | |
1494 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (filesel->selection_entry, FALSE); | |
1495 gtk_file_selection_hide_fileop_buttons (filesel); | |
1496 } | |
1497 | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1498 *func = xg_get_file_name_from_selector; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1499 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1500 return filewin; |
49323 | 1501 } |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1502 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1503 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1504 /* Read a file name from the user using a file dialog, either the old |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1505 file selection dialog, or the new file chooser dialog. Which to use |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1506 depends on what the GTK version used has, and what the value of |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1507 gtk-use-old-file-dialog. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1508 F is the current frame. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1509 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1510 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1511 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1512 file. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1513 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1514 Returns a file name or NULL if no file was selected. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1515 The returned string must be freed by the caller. */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1516 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1517 char * |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1518 xg_get_file_name (f, prompt, default_filename, mustmatch_p, only_dir_p) |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1519 FRAME_PTR f; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1520 char *prompt; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1521 char *default_filename; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1522 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1523 { |
58284
10efc827e15c
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Fix typo in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58201
diff
changeset
|
1524 GtkWidget *w = 0; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1525 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1526 char *fn = 0; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1527 int filesel_done = 0; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1528 xg_get_file_func func; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1529 |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1530 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1531 /* I really don't know why this is needed, but without this the GLIBC add on |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1532 library linuxthreads hangs when the Gnome file chooser backend creates |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1533 threads. */ |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1534 sigblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1535 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD */ |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1536 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1537 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH |
58463
86fddd350b35
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Rename use-old-gtk-file-dialog to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58284
diff
changeset
|
1538 |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1539 if (xg_uses_old_file_dialog ()) |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1540 w = xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1541 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1542 else |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1543 w = xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1544 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1545 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1546 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1547 |
58284
10efc827e15c
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Fix typo in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58201
diff
changeset
|
1548 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1549 w = xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1550 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1551 #endif |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1552 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1553 w = xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1554 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1555 #endif |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1556 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1557 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1558 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1559 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1560 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-filedialog"); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1561 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1562 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1563 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1564 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1565 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1566 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1567 "response", |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1568 G_CALLBACK (xg_file_response_cb), |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1569 &filesel_done); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1570 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1571 /* Don't destroy the widget if closed by the window manager close button. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1572 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "delete-event", G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), NULL); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1573 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1574 gtk_widget_show (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1575 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1576 record_unwind_protect (pop_down_file_dialog, make_save_value (w, 0)); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1577 while (! filesel_done) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1578 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1579 x_menu_wait_for_event (0); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1580 gtk_main_iteration (); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1581 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1582 |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1583 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1584 sigunblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1585 #endif |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1586 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1587 if (filesel_done == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1588 fn = (*func) (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1589 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1590 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1591 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1592 return fn; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1593 } |
49323 | 1594 |
1595 | |
1596 /*********************************************************************** | |
1597 Menu functions. | |
1598 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1599 | |
1600 /* The name of menu items that can be used for citomization. Since GTK | |
1601 RC files are very crude and primitive, we have to set this on all | |
1602 menu item names so a user can easily cutomize menu items. */ | |
1603 | |
1604 #define MENU_ITEM_NAME "emacs-menuitem" | |
1605 | |
1606 | |
1607 /* Linked list of all allocated struct xg_menu_cb_data. Used for marking | |
1608 during GC. The next member points to the items. */ | |
1609 static xg_list_node xg_menu_cb_list; | |
1610 | |
1611 /* Linked list of all allocated struct xg_menu_item_cb_data. Used for marking | |
1612 during GC. The next member points to the items. */ | |
1613 static xg_list_node xg_menu_item_cb_list; | |
1614 | |
1615 /* Allocate and initialize CL_DATA if NULL, otherwise increase ref_count. | |
1616 F is the frame CL_DATA will be initialized for. | |
1617 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1618 | |
1619 The menu bar and all sub menus under the menu bar in a frame | |
1620 share the same structure, hence the reference count. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1621 |
49323 | 1622 Returns CL_DATA if CL_DATA is not NULL, or a pointer to a newly |
1623 allocated xg_menu_cb_data if CL_DATA is NULL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1624 |
49323 | 1625 static xg_menu_cb_data * |
1626 make_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb) | |
1627 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1628 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1629 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
1630 { | |
1631 if (! cl_data) | |
1632 { | |
1633 cl_data = (xg_menu_cb_data*) xmalloc (sizeof (*cl_data)); | |
1634 cl_data->f = f; | |
1635 cl_data->menu_bar_vector = f->menu_bar_vector; | |
1636 cl_data->menu_bar_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; | |
1637 cl_data->highlight_cb = highlight_cb; | |
1638 cl_data->ref_count = 0; | |
1639 | |
1640 xg_list_insert (&xg_menu_cb_list, &cl_data->ptrs); | |
1641 } | |
1642 | |
1643 cl_data->ref_count++; | |
1644 | |
1645 return cl_data; | |
1646 } | |
1647 | |
1648 /* Update CL_DATA with values from frame F and with HIGHLIGHT_CB. | |
1649 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1650 | |
1651 When the menu bar is updated, menu items may have been added and/or | |
1652 removed, so menu_bar_vector and menu_bar_items_used change. We must | |
1653 then update CL_DATA since it is used to determine which menu | |
1654 item that is invoked in the menu. | |
1655 HIGHLIGHT_CB could change, there is no check that the same | |
1656 function is given when modifying a menu bar as was given when | |
1657 creating the menu bar. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1658 |
49323 | 1659 static void |
1660 update_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb) | |
1661 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1662 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1663 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
1664 { | |
1665 if (cl_data) | |
1666 { | |
1667 cl_data->f = f; | |
1668 cl_data->menu_bar_vector = f->menu_bar_vector; | |
1669 cl_data->menu_bar_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; | |
1670 cl_data->highlight_cb = highlight_cb; | |
1671 } | |
1672 } | |
1673 | |
1674 /* Decrease reference count for CL_DATA. | |
1675 If reference count is zero, free CL_DATA. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1676 |
49323 | 1677 static void |
1678 unref_cl_data (cl_data) | |
1679 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1680 { | |
1681 if (cl_data && cl_data->ref_count > 0) | |
1682 { | |
1683 cl_data->ref_count--; | |
1684 if (cl_data->ref_count == 0) | |
1685 { | |
1686 xg_list_remove (&xg_menu_cb_list, &cl_data->ptrs); | |
1687 xfree (cl_data); | |
1688 } | |
1689 } | |
1690 } | |
1691 | |
1692 /* Function that marks all lisp data during GC. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1693 |
49323 | 1694 void |
1695 xg_mark_data () | |
1696 { | |
1697 xg_list_node *iter; | |
1698 | |
1699 for (iter = xg_menu_cb_list.next; iter; iter = iter->next) | |
52080
c150d4a7aa36
gtkutil.c (xg_mark_data): Update calls to mark_object.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51569
diff
changeset
|
1700 mark_object (((xg_menu_cb_data *) iter)->menu_bar_vector); |
49323 | 1701 |
1702 for (iter = xg_menu_item_cb_list.next; iter; iter = iter->next) | |
1703 { | |
1704 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data *) iter; | |
1705 | |
1706 if (! NILP (cb_data->help)) | |
52080
c150d4a7aa36
gtkutil.c (xg_mark_data): Update calls to mark_object.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51569
diff
changeset
|
1707 mark_object (cb_data->help); |
49323 | 1708 } |
1709 } | |
1710 | |
1711 | |
1712 /* Callback called when a menu item is destroyed. Used to free data. | |
1713 W is the widget that is being destroyed (not used). | |
1714 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_item_cb_data associated with the W. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1715 |
49323 | 1716 static void |
1717 menuitem_destroy_callback (w, client_data) | |
1718 GtkWidget *w; | |
1719 gpointer client_data; | |
1720 { | |
1721 if (client_data) | |
1722 { | |
1723 xg_menu_item_cb_data *data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) client_data; | |
1724 xg_list_remove (&xg_menu_item_cb_list, &data->ptrs); | |
1725 xfree (data); | |
1726 } | |
1727 } | |
1728 | |
1729 /* Callback called when the pointer enters/leaves a menu item. | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1730 W is the parent of the menu item. |
49323 | 1731 EVENT is either an enter event or leave event. |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1732 CLIENT_DATA is not used. |
49323 | 1733 |
1734 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1735 |
49323 | 1736 static gboolean |
1737 menuitem_highlight_callback (w, event, client_data) | |
1738 GtkWidget *w; | |
1739 GdkEventCrossing *event; | |
1740 gpointer client_data; | |
1741 { | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1742 GdkEvent ev; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1743 GtkWidget *subwidget; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1744 xg_menu_item_cb_data *data; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1745 |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1746 ev.crossing = *event; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1747 subwidget = gtk_get_event_widget (&ev); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1748 data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data *) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (subwidget), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1749 XG_ITEM_DATA); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1750 if (data) |
49323 | 1751 { |
1752 if (! NILP (data->help) && data->cl_data->highlight_cb) | |
1753 { | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1754 gpointer call_data = event->type == GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY ? 0 : data; |
49323 | 1755 GtkCallback func = (GtkCallback) data->cl_data->highlight_cb; |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1756 (*func) (subwidget, call_data); |
49323 | 1757 } |
1758 } | |
1759 | |
1760 return FALSE; | |
1761 } | |
1762 | |
1763 /* Callback called when a menu is destroyed. Used to free data. | |
1764 W is the widget that is being destroyed (not used). | |
1765 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_cb_data associated with W. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1766 |
49323 | 1767 static void |
1768 menu_destroy_callback (w, client_data) | |
1769 GtkWidget *w; | |
1770 gpointer client_data; | |
1771 { | |
1772 unref_cl_data ((xg_menu_cb_data*) client_data); | |
1773 } | |
1774 | |
1775 /* Callback called when a menu does a grab or ungrab. That means the | |
1776 menu has been activated or deactivated. | |
1777 Used to start a timer so the small timeout the menus in GTK uses before | |
1778 popping down a menu is seen by Emacs (see xg_process_timeouts above). | |
1779 W is the widget that does the grab (not used). | |
1780 UNGRAB_P is TRUE if this is an ungrab, FALSE if it is a grab. | |
1781 CLIENT_DATA is NULL (not used). */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1782 |
49323 | 1783 static void |
1784 menu_grab_callback (GtkWidget *widget, | |
1785 gboolean ungrab_p, | |
1786 gpointer client_data) | |
1787 { | |
1788 /* Keep track of total number of grabs. */ | |
1789 static int cnt; | |
1790 | |
1791 if (ungrab_p) cnt--; | |
1792 else cnt++; | |
1793 | |
1794 if (cnt > 0 && ! xg_timer) xg_start_timer (); | |
1795 else if (cnt == 0 && xg_timer) xg_stop_timer (); | |
1796 } | |
1797 | |
1798 /* Make a GTK widget that contains both UTF8_LABEL and UTF8_KEY (both | |
1799 must be non-NULL) and can be inserted into a menu item. | |
1800 | |
1801 Returns the GtkHBox. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1802 |
49323 | 1803 static GtkWidget * |
1804 make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key) | |
1805 char *utf8_label; | |
1806 char *utf8_key; | |
1807 { | |
1808 GtkWidget *wlbl; | |
1809 GtkWidget *wkey; | |
1810 GtkWidget *wbox; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1811 |
49323 | 1812 wbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1813 wlbl = gtk_label_new (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1814 wkey = gtk_label_new (utf8_key); |
1815 | |
1816 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (wlbl), 0.0, 0.5); | |
1817 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (wkey), 0.0, 0.5); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1818 |
49323 | 1819 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wlbl, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
1820 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wkey, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1821 | |
1822 gtk_widget_set_name (wlbl, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
1823 gtk_widget_set_name (wkey, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
1824 gtk_widget_set_name (wbox, MENU_ITEM_NAME); |
49323 | 1825 |
1826 return wbox; | |
1827 } | |
1828 | |
1829 /* Make and return a menu item widget with the key to the right. | |
1830 UTF8_LABEL is the text for the menu item (GTK uses UTF8 internally). | |
1831 UTF8_KEY is the text representing the key binding. | |
1832 ITEM is the widget_value describing the menu item. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1833 |
49323 | 1834 GROUP is an in/out parameter. If the menu item to be created is not |
1835 part of any radio menu group, *GROUP contains NULL on entry and exit. | |
1836 If the menu item to be created is part of a radio menu group, on entry | |
1837 *GROUP contains the group to use, or NULL if this is the first item | |
1838 in the group. On exit, *GROUP contains the radio item group. | |
1839 | |
1840 Unfortunately, keys don't line up as nicely as in Motif, | |
1841 but the MacOS X version doesn't either, so I guess that is OK. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1842 |
49323 | 1843 static GtkWidget * |
1844 make_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key, item, group) | |
1845 char *utf8_label; | |
1846 char *utf8_key; | |
1847 widget_value *item; | |
1848 GSList **group; | |
1849 { | |
1850 GtkWidget *w; | |
1851 GtkWidget *wtoadd = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1852 |
51432
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1853 /* It has been observed that some menu items have a NULL name field. |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1854 This will lead to this function being called with a NULL utf8_label. |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1855 GTK crashes on that so we set a blank label. Why there is a NULL |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1856 name remains to be investigated. */ |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1857 if (! utf8_label) utf8_label = " "; |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1858 |
49323 | 1859 if (utf8_key) |
1860 wtoadd = make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1861 |
49323 | 1862 if (item->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE) |
1863 { | |
1864 *group = NULL; | |
1865 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_check_menu_item_new (); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1866 else w = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1867 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), item->selected); |
1868 } | |
1869 else if (item->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO) | |
1870 { | |
1871 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_radio_menu_item_new (*group); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1872 else w = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_label (*group, utf8_label); |
49323 | 1873 *group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)); |
1874 if (item->selected) | |
1875 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), TRUE); | |
1876 } | |
1877 else | |
1878 { | |
1879 *group = NULL; | |
1880 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_menu_item_new (); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1881 else w = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1882 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1883 |
49323 | 1884 if (wtoadd) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); |
1885 if (! item->enabled) gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
1886 | |
1887 return w; | |
1888 } | |
1889 | |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1890 /* Return non-zero if LABEL specifies a separator (GTK only has one |
49323 | 1891 separator type) */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1892 |
49323 | 1893 static int |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1894 xg_separator_p (char *label) |
49323 | 1895 { |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1896 if (! label) return 0; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1897 else if (strlen (label) > 3 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1898 && strncmp (label, "--", 2) == 0 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1899 && label[2] != '-') |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1900 { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1901 static char* separator_names[] = { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1902 "space", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1903 "no-line", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1904 "single-line", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1905 "double-line", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1906 "single-dashed-line", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1907 "double-dashed-line", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1908 "shadow-etched-in", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1909 "shadow-etched-out", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1910 "shadow-etched-in-dash", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1911 "shadow-etched-out-dash", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1912 "shadow-double-etched-in", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1913 "shadow-double-etched-out", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1914 "shadow-double-etched-in-dash", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1915 "shadow-double-etched-out-dash", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1916 0, |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1917 }; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1918 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1919 int i; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1920 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1921 label += 2; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1922 for (i = 0; separator_names[i]; ++i) |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1923 if (strcmp (label, separator_names[i]) == 0) |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1924 return 1; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1925 } |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1926 else |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1927 { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1928 /* Old-style separator, maybe. It's a separator if it contains |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1929 only dashes. */ |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1930 while (*label == '-') |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1931 ++label; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1932 if (*label == 0) return 1; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1933 } |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1934 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1935 return 0; |
49323 | 1936 } |
1937 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1938 static int xg_detached_menus; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1939 |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1940 /* Returns non-zero if there are detached menus. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1941 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1942 int |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1943 xg_have_tear_offs () |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1944 { |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1945 return xg_detached_menus > 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1946 } |
49323 | 1947 |
1948 /* Callback invoked when a detached menu window is removed. Here we | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1949 decrease the xg_detached_menus count. |
49323 | 1950 WIDGET is the top level window that is removed (the parent of the menu). |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1951 CLIENT_DATA is not used. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1952 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1953 static void |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1954 tearoff_remove (widget, client_data) |
49323 | 1955 GtkWidget *widget; |
1956 gpointer client_data; | |
1957 { | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1958 if (xg_detached_menus > 0) --xg_detached_menus; |
49323 | 1959 } |
1960 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1961 /* Callback invoked when a menu is detached. It increases the |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1962 xg_detached_menus count. |
49323 | 1963 WIDGET is the GtkTearoffMenuItem. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1964 CLIENT_DATA is not used. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1965 |
49323 | 1966 static void |
1967 tearoff_activate (widget, client_data) | |
1968 GtkWidget *widget; | |
1969 gpointer client_data; | |
1970 { | |
1971 GtkWidget *menu = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget); | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1972 if (gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state (GTK_MENU (menu))) |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1973 { |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1974 ++xg_detached_menus; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1975 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget)), |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1976 "destroy", |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1977 G_CALLBACK (tearoff_remove), 0); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1978 } |
49323 | 1979 } |
1980 | |
1981 | |
1982 /* Create a menu item widget, and connect the callbacks. | |
1983 ITEM decribes the menu item. | |
1984 F is the frame the created menu belongs to. | |
1985 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
1986 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1987 CL_DATA points to the callback data to be used for this menu. | |
1988 GROUP is an in/out parameter. If the menu item to be created is not | |
1989 part of any radio menu group, *GROUP contains NULL on entry and exit. | |
1990 If the menu item to be created is part of a radio menu group, on entry | |
1991 *GROUP contains the group to use, or NULL if this is the first item | |
1992 in the group. On exit, *GROUP contains the radio item group. | |
1993 | |
1994 Returns the created GtkWidget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1995 |
49323 | 1996 static GtkWidget * |
1997 xg_create_one_menuitem (item, f, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data, group) | |
1998 widget_value *item; | |
1999 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2000 GCallback select_cb; | |
2001 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2002 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2003 GSList **group; | |
2004 { | |
2005 char *utf8_label; | |
2006 char *utf8_key; | |
2007 GtkWidget *w; | |
2008 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; | |
2009 | |
2010 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->name); | |
2011 utf8_key = get_utf8_string (item->key); | |
2012 | |
2013 w = make_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key, item, group); | |
2014 | |
2015 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->name) g_free (utf8_label); | |
2016 if (utf8_key && utf8_key != item->key) g_free (utf8_key); | |
2017 | |
2018 cb_data = xmalloc (sizeof (xg_menu_item_cb_data)); | |
2019 | |
2020 xg_list_insert (&xg_menu_item_cb_list, &cb_data->ptrs); | |
2021 | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2022 cb_data->select_id = 0; |
49323 | 2023 cb_data->help = item->help; |
2024 cb_data->cl_data = cl_data; | |
2025 cb_data->call_data = item->call_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2026 |
49323 | 2027 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
2028 "destroy", | |
2029 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_destroy_callback), | |
2030 cb_data); | |
2031 | |
2032 /* Put cb_data in widget, so we can get at it when modifying menubar */ | |
2033 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_ITEM_DATA, cb_data); | |
2034 | |
2035 /* final item, not a submenu */ | |
2036 if (item->call_data && ! item->contents) | |
2037 { | |
2038 if (select_cb) | |
2039 cb_data->select_id | |
2040 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "activate", select_cb, cb_data); | |
2041 } | |
2042 | |
2043 return w; | |
2044 } | |
2045 | |
83537
c19f348befac
Fix F10 behaviour. (Reported by Bernard Adrian.)
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83530
diff
changeset
|
2046 /* Callback called when keyboard traversal (started by x-menu-bar-open) ends. |
71056
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2047 WMENU is the menu for which traversal has been done. DATA points to the |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2048 frame for WMENU. We must release grabs, some bad interaction between GTK |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2049 and Emacs makes the menus keep the grabs. */ |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2050 |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2051 static void |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2052 menu_nav_ended (wmenu, data) |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2053 GtkMenuShell *wmenu; |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2054 gpointer data; |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2055 { |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2056 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) data; |
71160
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2057 |
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2058 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->menubar_widget) |
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2059 { |
71056
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2060 GtkMenuShell *w = GTK_MENU_SHELL (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->menubar_widget); |
71160
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2061 Display *dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); |
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2062 |
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2063 BLOCK_INPUT; |
71056
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2064 gtk_menu_shell_deactivate (w); |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2065 gtk_menu_shell_deselect (w); |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2066 |
71160
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2067 XUngrabKeyboard (dpy, CurrentTime); |
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2068 XUngrabPointer (dpy, CurrentTime); |
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2069 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
070b40db0b2a
* gtkutil.c (menu_nav_ended): Check that menubar_widget is not NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71132
diff
changeset
|
2070 } |
71056
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2071 } |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2072 |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2073 |
50112
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
2074 static GtkWidget *create_menus P_ ((widget_value *, FRAME_PTR, GCallback, |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
2075 GCallback, GCallback, int, int, int, |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
2076 GtkWidget *, xg_menu_cb_data *, char *)); |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
2077 |
49323 | 2078 /* Create a full menu tree specified by DATA. |
2079 F is the frame the created menu belongs to. | |
2080 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2081 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2082 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2083 POP_UP_P is non-zero if we shall create a popup menu. | |
2084 MENU_BAR_P is non-zero if we shall create a menu bar. | |
2085 ADD_TEAROFF_P is non-zero if we shall add a teroff menu item. Ignored | |
2086 if MENU_BAR_P is non-zero. | |
2087 TOPMENU is the topmost GtkWidget that others shall be placed under. | |
2088 It may be NULL, in that case we create the appropriate widget | |
2089 (menu bar or menu item depending on POP_UP_P and MENU_BAR_P) | |
2090 CL_DATA is the callback data we shall use for this menu, or NULL | |
2091 if we haven't set the first callback yet. | |
2092 NAME is the name to give to the top level menu if this function | |
2093 creates it. May be NULL to not set any name. | |
2094 | |
2095 Returns the top level GtkWidget. This is TOPLEVEL if TOPLEVEL is | |
2096 not NULL. | |
2097 | |
2098 This function calls itself to create submenus. */ | |
2099 | |
2100 static GtkWidget * | |
2101 create_menus (data, f, select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, | |
2102 pop_up_p, menu_bar_p, add_tearoff_p, topmenu, cl_data, name) | |
2103 widget_value *data; | |
2104 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2105 GCallback select_cb; | |
2106 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2107 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2108 int pop_up_p; | |
2109 int menu_bar_p; | |
2110 int add_tearoff_p; | |
2111 GtkWidget *topmenu; | |
2112 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2113 char *name; | |
2114 { | |
2115 widget_value *item; | |
2116 GtkWidget *wmenu = topmenu; | |
2117 GSList *group = NULL; | |
2118 | |
2119 if (! topmenu) | |
2120 { | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2121 if (! menu_bar_p) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2122 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2123 wmenu = gtk_menu_new (); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2124 xg_set_screen (wmenu, f); |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2125 /* Connect this to the menu instead of items so we get enter/leave for |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2126 disabled items also. TODO: Still does not get enter/leave for |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2127 disabled items in detached menus. */ |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2128 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2129 "enter-notify-event", |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2130 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2131 NULL); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2132 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2133 "leave-notify-event", |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2134 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2135 NULL); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2136 } |
49323 | 2137 else wmenu = gtk_menu_bar_new (); |
2138 | |
71056
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2139 /* Fix up grabs after keyboard traversal ends. */ |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2140 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2141 "selection-done", |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2142 G_CALLBACK (menu_nav_ended), |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2143 f); |
3e5c40f72a04
Connect menu_nav_ended to "selection-done" to fix grabs
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69141
diff
changeset
|
2144 |
49323 | 2145 /* Put cl_data on the top menu for easier access. */ |
2146 cl_data = make_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb); | |
2147 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wmenu), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)cl_data); | |
2148 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), "destroy", | |
2149 G_CALLBACK (menu_destroy_callback), cl_data); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2150 |
49323 | 2151 if (name) |
2152 gtk_widget_set_name (wmenu, name); | |
2153 | |
2154 if (deactivate_cb) | |
2155 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), | |
59913
b3664fca53d1
* gtkutil.c (create_menus): Connect selection-done event instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59666
diff
changeset
|
2156 "selection-done", deactivate_cb, 0); |
49323 | 2157 |
2158 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), | |
2159 "grab-notify", G_CALLBACK (menu_grab_callback), 0); | |
2160 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2161 |
49323 | 2162 if (! menu_bar_p && add_tearoff_p) |
2163 { | |
2164 GtkWidget *tearoff = gtk_tearoff_menu_item_new (); | |
2165 gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (wmenu), tearoff); | |
2166 | |
2167 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (tearoff), "activate", | |
2168 G_CALLBACK (tearoff_activate), 0); | |
2169 } | |
2170 | |
2171 for (item = data; item; item = item->next) | |
2172 { | |
2173 GtkWidget *w; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2174 |
49323 | 2175 if (pop_up_p && !item->contents && !item->call_data |
2176 && !xg_separator_p (item->name)) | |
2177 { | |
2178 char *utf8_label; | |
2179 /* A title for a popup. We do the same as GTK does when | |
2180 creating titles, but it does not look good. */ | |
2181 group = NULL; | |
2182 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->name); | |
2183 | |
2184 gtk_menu_set_title (GTK_MENU (wmenu), utf8_label); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2185 w = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2186 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); |
2187 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->name) g_free (utf8_label); | |
2188 } | |
2189 else if (xg_separator_p (item->name)) | |
2190 { | |
2191 group = NULL; | |
2192 /* GTK only have one separator type. */ | |
2193 w = gtk_separator_menu_item_new (); | |
2194 } | |
2195 else | |
2196 { | |
2197 w = xg_create_one_menuitem (item, | |
2198 f, | |
2199 item->contents ? 0 : select_cb, | |
2200 highlight_cb, | |
2201 cl_data, | |
2202 &group); | |
2203 | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2204 /* Create a possibly empty submenu for menu bar items, since some |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2205 themes don't highlight items correctly without it. */ |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2206 if (item->contents || menu_bar_p) |
49323 | 2207 { |
2208 GtkWidget *submenu = create_menus (item->contents, | |
2209 f, | |
2210 select_cb, | |
2211 deactivate_cb, | |
2212 highlight_cb, | |
2213 0, | |
2214 0, | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2215 add_tearoff_p, |
49323 | 2216 0, |
2217 cl_data, | |
2218 0); | |
2219 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (w), submenu); | |
2220 } | |
2221 } | |
2222 | |
2223 gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (wmenu), w); | |
2224 gtk_widget_set_name (w, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
2225 } | |
2226 | |
2227 return wmenu; | |
2228 } | |
2229 | |
2230 /* Create a menubar, popup menu or dialog, depending on the TYPE argument. | |
2231 TYPE can be "menubar", "popup" for popup menu, or "dialog" for a dialog | |
2232 with some text and buttons. | |
2233 F is the frame the created item belongs to. | |
2234 NAME is the name to use for the top widget. | |
2235 VAL is a widget_value structure describing items to be created. | |
2236 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected or | |
2237 a dialog button is pressed. | |
2238 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when an item is deactivated. | |
2239 For a menu, when a sub menu is not shown anymore, for a dialog it is | |
2240 called when the dialog is popped down. | |
2241 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2242 | |
2243 Returns the widget created. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2244 |
49323 | 2245 GtkWidget * |
2246 xg_create_widget (type, name, f, val, | |
2247 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb) | |
2248 char *type; | |
2249 char *name; | |
2250 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2251 widget_value *val; | |
2252 GCallback select_cb; | |
2253 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2254 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2255 { | |
2256 GtkWidget *w = 0; | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2257 int menu_bar_p = strcmp (type, "menubar") == 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2258 int pop_up_p = strcmp (type, "popup") == 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2259 |
49323 | 2260 if (strcmp (type, "dialog") == 0) |
2261 { | |
2262 w = create_dialog (val, select_cb, deactivate_cb); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2263 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
49323 | 2264 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
2265 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); | |
2266 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2267 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-dialog"); |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
2268 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
49323 | 2269 } |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2270 else if (menu_bar_p || pop_up_p) |
49323 | 2271 { |
2272 w = create_menus (val->contents, | |
2273 f, | |
2274 select_cb, | |
2275 deactivate_cb, | |
2276 highlight_cb, | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2277 pop_up_p, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2278 menu_bar_p, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2279 menu_bar_p, |
49323 | 2280 0, |
2281 0, | |
2282 name); | |
2283 | |
2284 /* Set the cursor to an arrow for popup menus when they are mapped. | |
2285 This is done by default for menu bar menus. */ | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2286 if (pop_up_p) |
49323 | 2287 { |
2288 /* Must realize so the GdkWindow inside the widget is created. */ | |
2289 gtk_widget_realize (w); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2290 xg_set_cursor (w, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); |
49323 | 2291 } |
2292 } | |
2293 else | |
2294 { | |
2295 fprintf (stderr, "bad type in xg_create_widget: %s, doing nothing\n", | |
2296 type); | |
2297 } | |
2298 | |
2299 return w; | |
2300 } | |
2301 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2302 /* Return the label for menu item WITEM. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2303 |
49323 | 2304 static const char * |
2305 xg_get_menu_item_label (witem) | |
2306 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2307 { | |
2308 GtkLabel *wlabel = GTK_LABEL (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (witem))); | |
2309 return gtk_label_get_label (wlabel); | |
2310 } | |
2311 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2312 /* Return non-zero if the menu item WITEM has the text LABEL. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2313 |
49323 | 2314 static int |
2315 xg_item_label_same_p (witem, label) | |
2316 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2317 char *label; | |
2318 { | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2319 int is_same = 0; |
49323 | 2320 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (label); |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2321 const char *old_label = witem ? xg_get_menu_item_label (witem) : 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2322 |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2323 if (! old_label && ! utf8_label) |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2324 is_same = 1; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2325 else if (old_label && utf8_label) |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2326 is_same = strcmp (utf8_label, old_label) == 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2327 |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2328 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != label) g_free (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2329 |
2330 return is_same; | |
2331 } | |
2332 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2333 /* Destroy widgets in LIST. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2334 |
49323 | 2335 static void |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2336 xg_destroy_widgets (list) |
49323 | 2337 GList *list; |
2338 { | |
2339 GList *iter; | |
2340 | |
49572 | 2341 for (iter = list; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) |
49323 | 2342 { |
2343 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2344 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2345 /* Destroying the widget will remove it from the container it is in. */ |
49323 | 2346 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
2347 } | |
2348 } | |
2349 | |
2350 /* Update the top level names in MENUBAR (i.e. not submenus). | |
2351 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
49572 | 2352 *LIST is a list with the current menu bar names (menu item widgets). |
2353 ITER is the item within *LIST that shall be updated. | |
2354 POS is the numerical position, starting at 0, of ITER in *LIST. | |
49323 | 2355 VAL describes what the menu bar shall look like after the update. |
2356 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2357 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
49572 | 2358 CL_DATA points to the callback data to be used for this menu bar. |
49323 | 2359 |
2360 This function calls itself to walk through the menu bar names. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2361 |
49323 | 2362 static void |
49572 | 2363 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, list, iter, pos, val, |
2364 select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) | |
49323 | 2365 GtkWidget *menubar; |
2366 FRAME_PTR f; | |
49572 | 2367 GList **list; |
2368 GList *iter; | |
2369 int pos; | |
49323 | 2370 widget_value *val; |
2371 GCallback select_cb; | |
2372 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2373 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2374 { | |
49572 | 2375 if (! iter && ! val) |
49323 | 2376 return; |
49572 | 2377 else if (iter && ! val) |
49323 | 2378 { |
49572 | 2379 /* Item(s) have been removed. Remove all remaining items. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2380 xg_destroy_widgets (iter); |
49323 | 2381 |
2382 /* All updated. */ | |
2383 val = 0; | |
49572 | 2384 iter = 0; |
49323 | 2385 } |
49572 | 2386 else if (! iter && val) |
49323 | 2387 { |
2388 /* Item(s) added. Add all new items in one call. */ | |
2389 create_menus (val, f, select_cb, 0, highlight_cb, | |
2390 0, 1, 0, menubar, cl_data, 0); | |
2391 | |
2392 /* All updated. */ | |
2393 val = 0; | |
49572 | 2394 iter = 0; |
49323 | 2395 } |
49572 | 2396 /* Below this neither iter or val is NULL */ |
2397 else if (xg_item_label_same_p (GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data), val->name)) | |
49323 | 2398 { |
2399 /* This item is still the same, check next item. */ | |
2400 val = val->next; | |
49572 | 2401 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
2402 ++pos; | |
49323 | 2403 } |
2404 else /* This item is changed. */ | |
2405 { | |
49572 | 2406 GtkMenuItem *witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data); |
49323 | 2407 GtkMenuItem *witem2 = 0; |
2408 int val_in_menubar = 0; | |
49572 | 2409 int iter_in_new_menubar = 0; |
2410 GList *iter2; | |
49323 | 2411 widget_value *cur; |
2412 | |
2413 /* See if the changed entry (val) is present later in the menu bar */ | |
49572 | 2414 for (iter2 = iter; |
2415 iter2 && ! val_in_menubar; | |
2416 iter2 = g_list_next (iter2)) | |
49323 | 2417 { |
49572 | 2418 witem2 = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter2->data); |
49323 | 2419 val_in_menubar = xg_item_label_same_p (witem2, val->name); |
2420 } | |
2421 | |
49572 | 2422 /* See if the current entry (iter) is present later in the |
49323 | 2423 specification for the new menu bar. */ |
49572 | 2424 for (cur = val; cur && ! iter_in_new_menubar; cur = cur->next) |
2425 iter_in_new_menubar = xg_item_label_same_p (witem, cur->name); | |
2426 | |
2427 if (val_in_menubar && ! iter_in_new_menubar) | |
49323 | 2428 { |
49572 | 2429 int nr = pos; |
2430 | |
49323 | 2431 /* This corresponds to: |
2432 Current: A B C | |
2433 New: A C | |
2434 Remove B. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2435 |
49323 | 2436 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (witem)); |
2437 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), GTK_WIDGET (witem)); | |
2438 gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (witem)); | |
2439 | |
2440 /* Must get new list since the old changed. */ | |
49572 | 2441 g_list_free (*list); |
2442 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2443 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2444 } |
49572 | 2445 else if (! val_in_menubar && ! iter_in_new_menubar) |
49323 | 2446 { |
2447 /* This corresponds to: | |
2448 Current: A B C | |
2449 New: A X C | |
2450 Rename B to X. This might seem to be a strange thing to do, | |
2451 since if there is a menu under B it will be totally wrong for X. | |
2452 But consider editing a C file. Then there is a C-mode menu | |
2453 (corresponds to B above). | |
2454 If then doing C-x C-f the minibuf menu (X above) replaces the | |
2455 C-mode menu. When returning from the minibuffer, we get | |
2456 back the C-mode menu. Thus we do: | |
2457 Rename B to X (C-mode to minibuf menu) | |
2458 Rename X to B (minibuf to C-mode menu). | |
2459 If the X menu hasn't been invoked, the menu under B | |
2460 is up to date when leaving the minibuffer. */ | |
2461 GtkLabel *wlabel = GTK_LABEL (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (witem))); | |
2462 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (val->name); | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2463 GtkWidget *submenu = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2464 |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2465 gtk_label_set_text (wlabel, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2466 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2467 /* If this item has a submenu that has been detached, change |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2468 the title in the WM decorations also. */ |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2469 if (submenu && gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state (GTK_MENU (submenu))) |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2470 /* Set the title of the detached window. */ |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2471 gtk_menu_set_title (GTK_MENU (submenu), utf8_label); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2472 |
49572 | 2473 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 2474 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2475 ++pos; |
49323 | 2476 } |
49572 | 2477 else if (! val_in_menubar && iter_in_new_menubar) |
49323 | 2478 { |
2479 /* This corresponds to: | |
2480 Current: A B C | |
2481 New: A X B C | |
2482 Insert X. */ | |
2483 | |
49572 | 2484 int nr = pos; |
49323 | 2485 GList *group = 0; |
2486 GtkWidget *w = xg_create_one_menuitem (val, | |
2487 f, | |
2488 select_cb, | |
2489 highlight_cb, | |
2490 cl_data, | |
2491 &group); | |
2492 | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2493 /* Create a possibly empty submenu for menu bar items, since some |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2494 themes don't highlight items correctly without it. */ |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2495 GtkWidget *submenu = create_menus (NULL, f, |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2496 select_cb, NULL, highlight_cb, |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2497 0, 0, 0, 0, cl_data, 0); |
49323 | 2498 gtk_widget_set_name (w, MENU_ITEM_NAME); |
2499 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), w, pos); | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2500 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (w), submenu); |
49323 | 2501 |
49572 | 2502 g_list_free (*list); |
2503 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2504 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
2505 iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2506 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2507 ++pos; |
49323 | 2508 } |
49572 | 2509 else /* if (val_in_menubar && iter_in_new_menubar) */ |
49323 | 2510 { |
49572 | 2511 int nr = pos; |
49323 | 2512 /* This corresponds to: |
2513 Current: A B C | |
2514 New: A C B | |
2515 Move C before B */ | |
2516 | |
2517 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2518 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2519 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), | |
2520 GTK_WIDGET (witem2), pos); | |
2521 gtk_widget_unref (GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2522 | |
49572 | 2523 g_list_free (*list); |
2524 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2525 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
76906
bb6e75c27940
(xg_update_menubar): Call g_list_next after moving
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75576
diff
changeset
|
2526 if (iter) iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 2527 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2528 ++pos; |
49323 | 2529 } |
2530 } | |
2531 | |
2532 /* Update the rest of the menu bar. */ | |
49572 | 2533 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, list, iter, pos, val, |
2534 select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
49323 | 2535 } |
2536 | |
2537 /* Update the menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. | |
2538 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2539 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2540 CL_DATA is the data to set in the widget for menu invokation. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2541 |
49323 | 2542 static void |
2543 xg_update_menu_item (val, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) | |
2544 widget_value *val; | |
2545 GtkWidget *w; | |
2546 GCallback select_cb; | |
2547 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2548 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2549 { | |
2550 GtkWidget *wchild; | |
2551 GtkLabel *wlbl = 0; | |
2552 GtkLabel *wkey = 0; | |
2553 char *utf8_label; | |
2554 char *utf8_key; | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2555 const char *old_label = 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2556 const char *old_key = 0; |
49323 | 2557 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2558 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2559 wchild = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (w)); |
49323 | 2560 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (val->name); |
2561 utf8_key = get_utf8_string (val->key); | |
2562 | |
2563 /* See if W is a menu item with a key. See make_menu_item above. */ | |
2564 if (GTK_IS_HBOX (wchild)) | |
2565 { | |
2566 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wchild)); | |
2567 | |
2568 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (list->data); | |
2569 wkey = GTK_LABEL (list->next->data); | |
49572 | 2570 g_list_free (list); |
2571 | |
49323 | 2572 if (! utf8_key) |
2573 { | |
2574 /* Remove the key and keep just the label. */ | |
2575 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (wlbl)); | |
2576 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wchild); | |
2577 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), GTK_WIDGET (wlbl)); | |
2578 wkey = 0; | |
2579 } | |
49572 | 2580 |
49323 | 2581 } |
2582 else /* Just a label. */ | |
2583 { | |
2584 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (wchild); | |
2585 | |
2586 /* Check if there is now a key. */ | |
2587 if (utf8_key) | |
2588 { | |
2589 GtkWidget *wtoadd = make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key); | |
2590 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wtoadd)); | |
49572 | 2591 |
49323 | 2592 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (list->data); |
2593 wkey = GTK_LABEL (list->next->data); | |
49572 | 2594 g_list_free (list); |
49323 | 2595 |
2596 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wchild); | |
2597 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); | |
2598 } | |
2599 } | |
2600 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2601 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2602 if (wkey) old_key = gtk_label_get_label (wkey); |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2603 if (wlbl) old_label = gtk_label_get_label (wlbl); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2604 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2605 if (wkey && utf8_key && (! old_key || strcmp (utf8_key, old_key) != 0)) |
49323 | 2606 gtk_label_set_text (wkey, utf8_key); |
2607 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2608 if (! old_label || strcmp (utf8_label, old_label) != 0) |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2609 gtk_label_set_text (wlbl, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2610 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2611 if (utf8_key && utf8_key != val->key) g_free (utf8_key); |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2612 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != val->name) g_free (utf8_label); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2613 |
49323 | 2614 if (! val->enabled && GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (w)) |
2615 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
2616 else if (val->enabled && ! GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (w)) | |
2617 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, TRUE); | |
2618 | |
2619 cb_data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), | |
2620 XG_ITEM_DATA); | |
2621 if (cb_data) | |
2622 { | |
2623 cb_data->call_data = val->call_data; | |
2624 cb_data->help = val->help; | |
2625 cb_data->cl_data = cl_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2626 |
49323 | 2627 /* We assume the callback functions don't change. */ |
2628 if (val->call_data && ! val->contents) | |
2629 { | |
2630 /* This item shall have a select callback. */ | |
2631 if (! cb_data->select_id) | |
2632 cb_data->select_id | |
2633 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "activate", | |
2634 select_cb, cb_data); | |
2635 } | |
2636 else if (cb_data->select_id) | |
2637 { | |
2638 g_signal_handler_disconnect (w, cb_data->select_id); | |
2639 cb_data->select_id = 0; | |
2640 } | |
2641 } | |
2642 } | |
2643 | |
2644 /* Update the toggle menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2645 |
49323 | 2646 static void |
2647 xg_update_toggle_item (val, w) | |
2648 widget_value *val; | |
2649 GtkWidget *w; | |
2650 { | |
2651 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), val->selected); | |
2652 } | |
2653 | |
2654 /* Update the radio menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2655 |
49323 | 2656 static void |
2657 xg_update_radio_item (val, w) | |
2658 widget_value *val; | |
2659 GtkWidget *w; | |
2660 { | |
2661 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), val->selected); | |
2662 } | |
2663 | |
2664 /* Update the sub menu SUBMENU and all its children so it corresponds to VAL. | |
2665 SUBMENU may be NULL, in that case a new menu is created. | |
2666 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
2667 VAL describes the contents of the menu bar. | |
2668 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2669 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2670 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2671 CL_DATA is the call back data to use for any newly created items. | |
2672 | |
2673 Returns the updated submenu widget, that is SUBMENU unless SUBMENU | |
2674 was NULL. */ | |
2675 | |
2676 static GtkWidget * | |
2677 xg_update_submenu (submenu, f, val, | |
2678 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) | |
2679 GtkWidget *submenu; | |
2680 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2681 widget_value *val; | |
2682 GCallback select_cb; | |
2683 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2684 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2685 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2686 { | |
2687 GtkWidget *newsub = submenu; | |
2688 GList *list = 0; | |
2689 GList *iter; | |
2690 widget_value *cur; | |
2691 int has_tearoff_p = 0; | |
2692 GList *first_radio = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2693 |
49323 | 2694 if (submenu) |
2695 list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (submenu)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2696 |
49323 | 2697 for (cur = val, iter = list; |
2698 cur && iter; | |
2699 iter = g_list_next (iter), cur = cur->next) | |
2700 { | |
2701 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2702 | |
2703 /* Skip tearoff items, they have no counterpart in val. */ | |
2704 if (GTK_IS_TEAROFF_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2705 { | |
2706 has_tearoff_p = 1; | |
2707 iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
2708 if (iter) w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2709 else break; | |
2710 } | |
2711 | |
2712 /* Remember first radio button in a group. If we get a mismatch in | |
2713 a radio group we must rebuild the whole group so that the connections | |
2714 in GTK becomes correct. */ | |
2715 if (cur->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO && ! first_radio) | |
2716 first_radio = iter; | |
2717 else if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO | |
2718 && ! GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2719 first_radio = 0; | |
2720 | |
2721 if (GTK_IS_SEPARATOR_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2722 { | |
2723 if (! xg_separator_p (cur->name)) | |
2724 break; | |
2725 } | |
2726 else if (GTK_IS_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2727 { | |
2728 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE) | |
2729 break; | |
2730 xg_update_toggle_item (cur, w); | |
2731 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2732 } | |
2733 else if (GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2734 { | |
2735 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO) | |
2736 break; | |
2737 xg_update_radio_item (cur, w); | |
2738 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2739 } | |
2740 else if (GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2741 { | |
2742 GtkMenuItem *witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (w); | |
2743 GtkWidget *sub; | |
2744 | |
2745 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_NONE || | |
2746 xg_separator_p (cur->name)) | |
2747 break; | |
2748 | |
2749 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2750 | |
2751 sub = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); | |
2752 if (sub && ! cur->contents) | |
2753 { | |
2754 /* Not a submenu anymore. */ | |
2755 gtk_widget_ref (sub); | |
2756 gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu (witem); | |
2757 gtk_widget_destroy (sub); | |
2758 } | |
2759 else if (cur->contents) | |
2760 { | |
2761 GtkWidget *nsub; | |
2762 | |
2763 nsub = xg_update_submenu (sub, f, cur->contents, | |
2764 select_cb, deactivate_cb, | |
2765 highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2766 | |
2767 /* If this item just became a submenu, we must set it. */ | |
2768 if (nsub != sub) | |
2769 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (witem, nsub); | |
2770 } | |
2771 } | |
2772 else | |
2773 { | |
2774 /* Structural difference. Remove everything from here and down | |
2775 in SUBMENU. */ | |
2776 break; | |
2777 } | |
2778 } | |
2779 | |
2780 /* Remove widgets from first structual change. */ | |
2781 if (iter) | |
2782 { | |
2783 /* If we are adding new menu items below, we must remove from | |
2784 first radio button so that radio groups become correct. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2785 if (cur && first_radio) xg_destroy_widgets (first_radio); |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2786 else xg_destroy_widgets (iter); |
49323 | 2787 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2788 |
49323 | 2789 if (cur) |
2790 { | |
2791 /* More items added. Create them. */ | |
2792 newsub = create_menus (cur, | |
2793 f, | |
2794 select_cb, | |
2795 deactivate_cb, | |
2796 highlight_cb, | |
2797 0, | |
2798 0, | |
2799 ! has_tearoff_p, | |
2800 submenu, | |
2801 cl_data, | |
2802 0); | |
2803 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2804 |
49572 | 2805 if (list) g_list_free (list); |
2806 | |
49323 | 2807 return newsub; |
2808 } | |
2809 | |
2810 /* Update the MENUBAR. | |
2811 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
2812 VAL describes the contents of the menu bar. | |
2813 If DEEP_P is non-zero, rebuild all but the top level menu names in | |
2814 the MENUBAR. If DEEP_P is zero, just rebuild the names in the menubar. | |
2815 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2816 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2817 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2818 |
49323 | 2819 void |
2820 xg_modify_menubar_widgets (menubar, f, val, deep_p, | |
2821 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb) | |
2822 GtkWidget *menubar; | |
2823 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2824 widget_value *val; | |
2825 int deep_p; | |
2826 GCallback select_cb; | |
2827 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2828 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2829 { | |
2830 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2831 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2832 | |
2833 if (! list) return; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2834 |
49323 | 2835 cl_data = (xg_menu_cb_data*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (menubar), |
2836 XG_FRAME_DATA); | |
2837 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2838 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, &list, list, 0, val->contents, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2839 select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2840 |
64783
0975467abc17
* gtkutil.c (xg_modify_menubar_widgets): Remove semicolon that
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
2841 if (deep_p) |
49323 | 2842 { |
2843 widget_value *cur; | |
2844 | |
2845 /* Update all sub menus. | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2846 We must keep the submenus (GTK menu item widgets) since the |
49323 | 2847 X Window in the XEvent that activates the menu are those widgets. */ |
2848 | |
2849 /* Update cl_data, menu_item things in F may have changed. */ | |
2850 update_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb); | |
2851 | |
2852 for (cur = val->contents; cur; cur = cur->next) | |
2853 { | |
49572 | 2854 GList *iter; |
49323 | 2855 GtkWidget *sub = 0; |
2856 GtkWidget *newsub; | |
2857 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2858 | |
2859 /* Find sub menu that corresponds to val and update it. */ | |
2860 for (iter = list ; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) | |
2861 { | |
2862 witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data); | |
2863 if (xg_item_label_same_p (witem, cur->name)) | |
2864 { | |
2865 sub = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); | |
2866 break; | |
2867 } | |
2868 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2869 |
49323 | 2870 newsub = xg_update_submenu (sub, |
2871 f, | |
2872 cur->contents, | |
2873 select_cb, | |
2874 deactivate_cb, | |
2875 highlight_cb, | |
2876 cl_data); | |
2877 /* sub may still be NULL. If we just updated non deep and added | |
2878 a new menu bar item, it has no sub menu yet. So we set the | |
2879 newly created sub menu under witem. */ | |
2880 if (newsub != sub) | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2881 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2882 xg_set_screen (newsub, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2883 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (witem, newsub); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2884 } |
49323 | 2885 } |
2886 } | |
2887 | |
49572 | 2888 g_list_free (list); |
49323 | 2889 gtk_widget_show_all (menubar); |
2890 } | |
2891 | |
2892 /* Recompute all the widgets of frame F, when the menu bar has been | |
2893 changed. Value is non-zero if widgets were updated. */ | |
2894 | |
2895 int | |
2896 xg_update_frame_menubar (f) | |
2897 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2898 { | |
2899 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
2900 GtkRequisition req; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2901 |
49323 | 2902 if (!x->menubar_widget || GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (x->menubar_widget)) |
2903 return 0; | |
2904 | |
2905 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2906 | |
2907 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget, | |
2908 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
2909 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget, 0); | |
2910 | |
2911 gtk_widget_show_all (x->menubar_widget); | |
2912 gtk_widget_size_request (x->menubar_widget, &req); | |
2913 | |
2914 FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
2915 | |
2916 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
2917 rows to what we had before adding the menu bar. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
2918 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2919 |
49323 | 2920 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
2921 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
50106
5675d6a0080c
(xg_update_frame_menubar): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50099
diff
changeset
|
2922 |
5675d6a0080c
(xg_update_frame_menubar): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50099
diff
changeset
|
2923 return 1; |
49323 | 2924 } |
2925 | |
2926 /* Get rid of the menu bar of frame F, and free its storage. | |
2927 This is used when deleting a frame, and when turning off the menu bar. */ | |
2928 | |
2929 void | |
2930 free_frame_menubar (f) | |
2931 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2932 { | |
2933 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
2934 | |
2935 if (x->menubar_widget) | |
2936 { | |
2937 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2938 | |
2939 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget); | |
2940 /* The menubar and its children shall be deleted when removed from | |
2941 the container. */ | |
2942 x->menubar_widget = 0; | |
2943 FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; | |
2944 | |
2945 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
2946 rows to what we had before removing the menu bar. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
2947 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 2948 |
2949 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
2950 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
2951 } | |
2952 } | |
2953 | |
2954 | |
2955 | |
2956 /*********************************************************************** | |
2957 Scroll bar functions | |
2958 ***********************************************************************/ | |
2959 | |
2960 | |
2961 /* Setting scroll bar values invokes the callback. Use this variable | |
2962 to indicate that callback should do nothing. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2963 |
49323 | 2964 int xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar; |
2965 | |
2966 /* SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW assumes the second argument fits in | |
2967 32 bits. But we want to store pointers, and they may be larger | |
2968 than 32 bits. Keep a mapping from integer index to widget pointers | |
2969 to get around the 32 bit limitation. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2970 |
49323 | 2971 static struct |
2972 { | |
2973 GtkWidget **widgets; | |
2974 int max_size; | |
2975 int used; | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
2976 } id_to_widget; |
49323 | 2977 |
2978 /* Grow this much every time we need to allocate more */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2979 |
49323 | 2980 #define ID_TO_WIDGET_INCR 32 |
2981 | |
2982 /* Store the widget pointer W in id_to_widget and return the integer index. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2983 |
49323 | 2984 static int |
2985 xg_store_widget_in_map (w) | |
2986 GtkWidget *w; | |
2987 { | |
2988 int i; | |
2989 | |
2990 if (id_to_widget.max_size == id_to_widget.used) | |
2991 { | |
2992 int new_size = id_to_widget.max_size + ID_TO_WIDGET_INCR; | |
2993 | |
2994 id_to_widget.widgets = xrealloc (id_to_widget.widgets, | |
2995 sizeof (GtkWidget *)*new_size); | |
2996 | |
2997 for (i = id_to_widget.max_size; i < new_size; ++i) | |
2998 id_to_widget.widgets[i] = 0; | |
2999 id_to_widget.max_size = new_size; | |
3000 } | |
3001 | |
3002 /* Just loop over the array and find a free place. After all, | |
3003 how many scroll bars are we creating? Should be a small number. | |
3004 The check above guarantees we will find a free place. */ | |
3005 for (i = 0; i < id_to_widget.max_size; ++i) | |
3006 { | |
3007 if (! id_to_widget.widgets[i]) | |
3008 { | |
3009 id_to_widget.widgets[i] = w; | |
3010 ++id_to_widget.used; | |
3011 | |
3012 return i; | |
3013 } | |
3014 } | |
3015 | |
3016 /* Should never end up here */ | |
3017 abort (); | |
3018 } | |
3019 | |
3020 /* Remove pointer at IDX from id_to_widget. | |
3021 Called when scroll bar is destroyed. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3022 |
49323 | 3023 static void |
3024 xg_remove_widget_from_map (idx) | |
3025 int idx; | |
3026 { | |
3027 if (idx < id_to_widget.max_size && id_to_widget.widgets[idx] != 0) | |
3028 { | |
3029 id_to_widget.widgets[idx] = 0; | |
3030 --id_to_widget.used; | |
3031 } | |
3032 } | |
3033 | |
3034 /* Get the widget pointer at IDX from id_to_widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3035 |
49323 | 3036 static GtkWidget * |
3037 xg_get_widget_from_map (idx) | |
3038 int idx; | |
3039 { | |
3040 if (idx < id_to_widget.max_size && id_to_widget.widgets[idx] != 0) | |
3041 return id_to_widget.widgets[idx]; | |
3042 | |
3043 return 0; | |
3044 } | |
3045 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3046 /* Return the scrollbar id for X Window WID on display DPY. |
50063 | 3047 Return -1 if WID not in id_to_widget. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3048 |
50063 | 3049 int |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3050 xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (dpy, wid) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3051 Display *dpy; |
50063 | 3052 Window wid; |
3053 { | |
3054 int idx; | |
3055 GtkWidget *w; | |
3056 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3057 w = xg_win_to_widget (dpy, wid); |
50063 | 3058 |
3059 if (w) | |
3060 { | |
3061 for (idx = 0; idx < id_to_widget.max_size; ++idx) | |
3062 if (id_to_widget.widgets[idx] == w) | |
3063 return idx; | |
3064 } | |
3065 | |
3066 return -1; | |
3067 } | |
3068 | |
49323 | 3069 /* Callback invoked when scroll bar WIDGET is destroyed. |
3070 DATA is the index into id_to_widget for WIDGET. | |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
3071 We free pointer to last scroll bar values here and remove the index. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3072 |
49323 | 3073 static void |
3074 xg_gtk_scroll_destroy (widget, data) | |
3075 GtkWidget *widget; | |
3076 gpointer data; | |
3077 { | |
3078 gpointer p; | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3079 int id = (int) (EMACS_INT) data; /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3080 |
49323 | 3081 p = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_LAST_SB_DATA); |
3082 if (p) xfree (p); | |
3083 xg_remove_widget_from_map (id); | |
3084 } | |
3085 | |
3086 /* Callback for button press/release events. Used to start timer so that | |
3087 the scroll bar repetition timer in GTK gets handeled. | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3088 Also, sets bar->dragging to Qnil when dragging (button release) is done. |
49323 | 3089 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget the event is for (not used). |
3090 EVENT contains the event. | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3091 USER_DATA points to the struct scrollbar structure. |
49323 | 3092 |
3093 Returns FALSE to tell GTK that it shall continue propagate the event | |
3094 to widgets. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3095 |
49323 | 3096 static gboolean |
3097 scroll_bar_button_cb (widget, event, user_data) | |
3098 GtkWidget *widget; | |
3099 GdkEventButton *event; | |
3100 gpointer user_data; | |
3101 { | |
3102 if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS && ! xg_timer) | |
3103 xg_start_timer (); | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3104 else if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE) |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3105 { |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3106 struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) user_data; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3107 if (xg_timer) xg_stop_timer (); |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3108 bar->dragging = Qnil; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3109 } |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3110 |
49323 | 3111 return FALSE; |
3112 } | |
3113 | |
3114 /* Create a scroll bar widget for frame F. Store the scroll bar | |
3115 in BAR. | |
3116 SCROLL_CALLBACK is the callback to invoke when the value of the | |
3117 bar changes. | |
3118 SCROLL_BAR_NAME is the name we use for the scroll bar. Can be used | |
3119 to set resources for the widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3120 |
49323 | 3121 void |
3122 xg_create_scroll_bar (f, bar, scroll_callback, scroll_bar_name) | |
3123 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3124 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
3125 GCallback scroll_callback; | |
3126 char *scroll_bar_name; | |
3127 { | |
3128 GtkWidget *wscroll; | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3129 GtkWidget *webox; |
49323 | 3130 GtkObject *vadj; |
3131 int scroll_id; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3132 |
49323 | 3133 /* Page, step increment values are not so important here, they |
3134 will be corrected in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb. */ | |
3135 vadj = gtk_adjustment_new (XG_SB_MIN, XG_SB_MIN, XG_SB_MAX, | |
3136 0.1, 0.1, 0.1); | |
3137 | |
3138 wscroll = gtk_vscrollbar_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (vadj)); | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3139 webox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
49323 | 3140 gtk_widget_set_name (wscroll, scroll_bar_name); |
3141 gtk_range_set_update_policy (GTK_RANGE (wscroll), GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3142 |
49323 | 3143 scroll_id = xg_store_widget_in_map (wscroll); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3144 |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
3145 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
49323 | 3146 "value-changed", |
3147 scroll_callback, | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
3148 (gpointer) bar); |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3149 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
49323 | 3150 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
3151 "destroy", | |
3152 G_CALLBACK (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy), | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3153 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) scroll_id); |
49323 | 3154 |
3155 /* Connect to button press and button release to detect if any scroll bar | |
3156 has the pointer. */ | |
3157 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), | |
3158 "button-press-event", | |
3159 G_CALLBACK (scroll_bar_button_cb), | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
3160 (gpointer) bar); |
49323 | 3161 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
3162 "button-release-event", | |
3163 G_CALLBACK (scroll_bar_button_cb), | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
3164 (gpointer) bar); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3165 |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3166 /* The scroll bar widget does not draw on a window of its own. Instead |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3167 it draws on the parent window, in this case the edit widget. So |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3168 whenever the edit widget is cleared, the scroll bar needs to redraw |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3169 also, which causes flicker. Put an event box between the edit widget |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3170 and the scroll bar, so the scroll bar instead draws itself on the |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3171 event box window. */ |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3172 gtk_fixed_put (GTK_FIXED (f->output_data.x->edit_widget), webox, -1, -1); |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3173 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (webox), wscroll); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3174 |
49323 | 3175 |
3176 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. */ | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3177 xg_set_cursor (webox, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); |
49323 | 3178 |
3179 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar, scroll_id); | |
3180 } | |
3181 | |
3182 /* Make the scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID visible. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3183 |
49323 | 3184 void |
3185 xg_show_scroll_bar (scrollbar_id) | |
3186 int scrollbar_id; | |
3187 { | |
3188 GtkWidget *w = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
3189 if (w) | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3190 gtk_widget_show_all (gtk_widget_get_parent (w)); |
49323 | 3191 } |
3192 | |
3193 /* Remove the scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID from the frame F. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3194 |
49323 | 3195 void |
3196 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f, scrollbar_id) | |
3197 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3198 int scrollbar_id; | |
3199 { | |
3200 GtkWidget *w = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
3201 if (w) | |
3202 { | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3203 GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (w); |
49323 | 3204 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3205 gtk_widget_destroy (wparent); |
49323 | 3206 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3207 } | |
3208 } | |
3209 | |
3210 /* Update the position of the vertical scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID | |
3211 in frame F. | |
3212 TOP/LEFT are the new pixel positions where the bar shall appear. | |
3213 WIDTH, HEIGHT is the size in pixels the bar shall have. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3214 |
49323 | 3215 void |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3216 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f, scrollbar_id, top, left, width, height) |
49323 | 3217 FRAME_PTR f; |
3218 int scrollbar_id; | |
3219 int top; | |
3220 int left; | |
3221 int width; | |
3222 int height; | |
3223 { | |
49572 | 3224 |
3225 GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3226 |
49572 | 3227 if (wscroll) |
3228 { | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3229 GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3230 GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (wscroll); |
55342
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3231 |
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3232 /* Move and resize to new values. */ |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3233 gtk_fixed_move (GTK_FIXED (wfixed), wparent, left, top); |
55342
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3234 gtk_widget_set_size_request (wscroll, width, height); |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3235 gtk_widget_queue_draw (wparent); |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3236 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3237 /* GTK does not redraw until the main loop is entered again, but |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3238 if there are no X events pending we will not enter it. So we sync |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3239 here to get some events. */ |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3240 x_sync (f); |
49572 | 3241 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3242 cancel_mouse_face (f); | |
3243 } | |
49323 | 3244 } |
3245 | |
3246 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently | |
3247 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3248 |
49323 | 3249 void |
3250 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole) | |
3251 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
3252 int portion, position, whole; | |
3253 { | |
3254 GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); | |
3255 | |
3256 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); | |
3257 | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3258 if (wscroll && NILP (bar->dragging)) |
49323 | 3259 { |
3260 GtkAdjustment *adj; | |
3261 gdouble shown; | |
3262 gdouble top; | |
3263 int size, value; | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3264 int new_step; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3265 int changed = 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3266 |
49323 | 3267 adj = gtk_range_get_adjustment (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)); |
3268 | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3269 /* We do the same as for MOTIF in xterm.c, assume 30 chars per line |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3270 rather than the real portion value. This makes the thumb less likely |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3271 to resize and that looks better. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3272 portion = WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar->window)) * 30; |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3273 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole. |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3274 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */ |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3275 whole += portion; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3276 |
49323 | 3277 if (whole <= 0) |
3278 top = 0, shown = 1; | |
3279 else | |
3280 { | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3281 top = (gdouble) position / whole; |
49323 | 3282 shown = (gdouble) portion / whole; |
3283 } | |
3284 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3285 size = shown * XG_SB_RANGE; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3286 size = min (size, XG_SB_RANGE); |
49323 | 3287 size = max (size, 1); |
3288 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3289 value = top * XG_SB_RANGE; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3290 value = min (value, XG_SB_MAX - size); |
49323 | 3291 value = max (value, XG_SB_MIN); |
3292 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3293 /* Assume all lines are of equal size. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3294 new_step = size / max (1, FRAME_LINES (f)); |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3295 |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3296 if ((int) adj->page_size != size |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3297 || (int) adj->step_increment != new_step) |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3298 { |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3299 adj->page_size = size; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3300 adj->step_increment = new_step; |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3301 /* Assume a page increment is about 95% of the page size */ |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3302 adj->page_increment = (int) (0.95*adj->page_size); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3303 changed = 1; |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3304 } |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3305 |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3306 if (changed || (int) gtk_range_get_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)) != value) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3307 { |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3308 GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3309 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3310 BLOCK_INPUT; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3311 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3312 /* gtk_range_set_value invokes the callback. Set |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3313 ignore_gtk_scrollbar to make the callback do nothing */ |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3314 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 1; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3315 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3316 if ((int) gtk_range_get_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)) != value) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3317 gtk_range_set_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll), (gdouble)value); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3318 else if (changed) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3319 gtk_adjustment_changed (adj); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3320 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3321 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 0; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3322 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3323 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3324 } |
49323 | 3325 } |
3326 } | |
3327 | |
3328 | |
3329 /*********************************************************************** | |
3330 Tool bar functions | |
3331 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3332 /* The key for the data we put in the GtkImage widgets. The data is | |
3333 the image used by Emacs. We use this to see if we need to update | |
3334 the GtkImage with a new image. */ | |
3335 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA "emacs-tool-bar-image" | |
3336 | |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3337 /* The key for storing the latest modifiers so the activate callback can |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3338 get them. */ |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3339 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER "emacs-tool-bar-modifier" |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3340 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3341 /* The key for storing the button widget in its proxy menu item. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3342 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON "emacs-tool-bar-proxy-button" |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3343 |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3344 /* The key for the data we put in the GtkImage widgets. The data is |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3345 the stock name used by Emacs. We use this to see if we need to update |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3346 the GtkImage with a new image. */ |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3347 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME "emacs-tool-bar-stock-name" |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3348 |
83849
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3349 /* As above, but this is used for named theme widgets, as opposed to |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3350 stock items. */ |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3351 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME "emacs-tool-bar-icon-name" |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3352 |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3353 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed. |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3354 W is the button widget in the tool bar that got pressed, |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3355 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3356 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3357 |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3358 static gboolean |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3359 xg_tool_bar_button_cb (widget, event, user_data) |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3360 GtkWidget *widget; |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3361 GdkEventButton *event; |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3362 gpointer user_data; |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3363 { |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3364 /* Casts to avoid warnings when gpointer is 64 bits and int is 32 bits */ |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3365 gpointer ptr = (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) event->state; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3366 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER, ptr); |
68922 | 3367 return FALSE; |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3368 } |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3369 |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3370 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3371 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed. |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3372 W is the button widget in the tool bar that got pressed, |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3373 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3374 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3375 |
49323 | 3376 static void |
3377 xg_tool_bar_callback (w, client_data) | |
3378 GtkWidget *w; | |
3379 gpointer client_data; | |
3380 { | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3381 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3382 int idx = (int) (EMACS_INT) client_data; |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3383 int mod = (int) (EMACS_INT) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3384 XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER); |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3385 |
49323 | 3386 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA); |
3387 Lisp_Object key, frame; | |
3388 struct input_event event; | |
51569
e7bd8581e306
(xg_tool_bar_callback): Don't pass uninitialized
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51432
diff
changeset
|
3389 EVENT_INIT (event); |
49323 | 3390 |
3391 if (! f || ! f->n_tool_bar_items || NILP (f->tool_bar_items)) | |
3392 return; | |
3393 | |
3394 idx *= TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3395 |
49323 | 3396 key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY); |
3397 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
82269
52d28c9f374b
(xg_tool_bar_callback): Generate two TOOL_BAR_EVENT:s,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82223
diff
changeset
|
3398 |
52d28c9f374b
(xg_tool_bar_callback): Generate two TOOL_BAR_EVENT:s,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82223
diff
changeset
|
3399 /* We generate two events here. The first one is to set the prefix |
52d28c9f374b
(xg_tool_bar_callback): Generate two TOOL_BAR_EVENT:s,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82223
diff
changeset
|
3400 to `(tool_bar)', see keyboard.c. */ |
49323 | 3401 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
3402 event.frame_or_window = frame; | |
82269
52d28c9f374b
(xg_tool_bar_callback): Generate two TOOL_BAR_EVENT:s,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82223
diff
changeset
|
3403 event.arg = frame; |
52d28c9f374b
(xg_tool_bar_callback): Generate two TOOL_BAR_EVENT:s,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82223
diff
changeset
|
3404 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
52d28c9f374b
(xg_tool_bar_callback): Generate two TOOL_BAR_EVENT:s,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82223
diff
changeset
|
3405 |
52d28c9f374b
(xg_tool_bar_callback): Generate two TOOL_BAR_EVENT:s,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82223
diff
changeset
|
3406 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
52d28c9f374b
(xg_tool_bar_callback): Generate two TOOL_BAR_EVENT:s,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82223
diff
changeset
|
3407 event.frame_or_window = frame; |
49323 | 3408 event.arg = key; |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3409 /* Convert between the modifier bits GDK uses and the modifier bits |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3410 Emacs uses. This assumes GDK an X masks are the same, which they are when |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3411 this is written. */ |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3412 event.modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), mod); |
49323 | 3413 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
3414 } | |
3415 | |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3416 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed in a detached |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3417 tool bar or the overflow drop down menu. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3418 We just call xg_tool_bar_callback. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3419 W is the menu item widget that got pressed, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3420 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3421 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3422 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3423 static void |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3424 xg_tool_bar_proxy_callback (w, client_data) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3425 GtkWidget *w; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3426 gpointer client_data; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3427 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3428 GtkWidget *wbutton = GTK_WIDGET (g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3429 XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3430 xg_tool_bar_callback (wbutton, client_data); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3431 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3432 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3433 /* This callback is called when a tool item should create a proxy item, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3434 such as for the overflow menu. Also called when the tool bar is detached. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3435 If we don't create a proxy menu item, the detached tool bar will be |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3436 blank. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3437 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3438 static gboolean |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3439 xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy (toolitem, user_data) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3440 GtkToolItem *toolitem; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3441 gpointer user_data; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3442 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3443 GtkWidget *weventbox = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (toolitem)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3444 GtkButton *wbutton = GTK_BUTTON (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (weventbox))); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3445 GtkWidget *wmenuitem = gtk_image_menu_item_new (); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3446 GtkWidget *wmenuimage; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3447 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3448 if (gtk_button_get_use_stock (wbutton)) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3449 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_stock (gtk_button_get_label (wbutton), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3450 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3451 else |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3452 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3453 GtkImage *wimage = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (wbutton))); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3454 GtkSettings *settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (GTK_WIDGET (wbutton)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3455 GtkImageType store_type = gtk_image_get_storage_type (wimage); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3456 if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_STOCK) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3457 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3458 gchar *stock_id; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3459 gtk_image_get_stock (wimage, &stock_id, NULL); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3460 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_id, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3461 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3462 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_ICON_SET) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3463 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3464 GtkIconSet *icon_set; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3465 gtk_image_get_icon_set (wimage, &icon_set, NULL); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3466 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_icon_set (icon_set, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3467 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3468 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3469 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3470 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3471 gint width, height; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3472 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3473 if (settings && |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3474 gtk_icon_size_lookup_for_settings (settings, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3475 &width, &height)) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3476 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3477 GdkPixbuf *src_pixbuf, *dest_pixbuf; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3478 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3479 src_pixbuf = gtk_image_get_pixbuf (wimage); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3480 dest_pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_scale_simple (src_pixbuf, width, height, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3481 GDK_INTERP_BILINEAR); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3482 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3483 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (dest_pixbuf); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3484 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3485 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3486 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3487 if (wmenuimage) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3488 gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (wmenuitem), wmenuimage); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3489 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3490 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenuitem), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3491 "activate", |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3492 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (xg_tool_bar_proxy_callback), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3493 user_data); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3494 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3495 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wmenuitem), XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3496 (gpointer) wbutton); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3497 gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item (toolitem, "Emacs toolbar item", wmenuitem); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3498 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3499 return TRUE; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3500 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3501 |
49323 | 3502 /* This callback is called when a tool bar is detached. We must set |
3503 the height of the tool bar to zero when this happens so frame sizes | |
3504 are correctly calculated. | |
3505 WBOX is the handle box widget that enables detach/attach of the tool bar. | |
3506 W is the tool bar widget. | |
3507 CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the frame the tool bar belongs to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3508 |
49323 | 3509 static void |
3510 xg_tool_bar_detach_callback (wbox, w, client_data) | |
3511 GtkHandleBox *wbox; | |
3512 GtkWidget *w; | |
3513 gpointer client_data; | |
3514 { | |
3515 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; | |
68879
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3516 extern int x_gtk_whole_detached_tool_bar; |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3517 |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3518 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (w), "show-arrow", !x_gtk_whole_detached_tool_bar, |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3519 NULL); |
49323 | 3520 |
3521 if (f) | |
3522 { | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3523 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached = 1; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3524 |
49323 | 3525 /* When detaching a tool bar, not everything dissapear. There are |
3526 a few pixels left that are used to drop the tool bar back into | |
3527 place. */ | |
3528 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 2; | |
3529 | |
3530 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
3531 rows to what we had before detaching the tool bar. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3532 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3533 } |
3534 } | |
3535 | |
3536 /* This callback is called when a tool bar is reattached. We must set | |
3537 the height of the tool bar when this happens so frame sizes | |
3538 are correctly calculated. | |
3539 WBOX is the handle box widget that enables detach/attach of the tool bar. | |
3540 W is the tool bar widget. | |
3541 CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the frame the tool bar belongs to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3542 |
49323 | 3543 static void |
3544 xg_tool_bar_attach_callback (wbox, w, client_data) | |
3545 GtkHandleBox *wbox; | |
3546 GtkWidget *w; | |
3547 gpointer client_data; | |
3548 { | |
3549 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; | |
68879
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3550 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (w), "show-arrow", TRUE, NULL); |
49323 | 3551 |
3552 if (f) | |
3553 { | |
3554 GtkRequisition req; | |
3555 | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3556 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached = 0; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3557 |
49323 | 3558 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req); |
3559 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
3560 | |
3561 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3562 rows to what we had before attaching the tool bar. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3563 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3564 } |
3565 } | |
3566 | |
3567 /* This callback is called when the mouse enters or leaves a tool bar item. | |
3568 It is used for displaying and hiding the help text. | |
3569 W is the tool bar item, a button. | |
3570 EVENT is either an enter event or leave event. | |
3571 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the | |
3572 tool bar. 0 is the first button. | |
3573 | |
3574 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3575 |
49323 | 3576 static gboolean |
3577 xg_tool_bar_help_callback (w, event, client_data) | |
3578 GtkWidget *w; | |
3579 GdkEventCrossing *event; | |
3580 gpointer client_data; | |
3581 { | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3582 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3583 int idx = (int) (EMACS_INT) client_data; |
49323 | 3584 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA); |
3585 Lisp_Object help, frame; | |
3586 | |
3587 if (! f || ! f->n_tool_bar_items || NILP (f->tool_bar_items)) | |
50108
a9ff586d3d09
(xg_tool_bar_help_callback): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50106
diff
changeset
|
3588 return FALSE; |
49323 | 3589 |
3590 if (event->type == GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY) | |
3591 { | |
3592 idx *= TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS; | |
3593 help = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP); | |
3594 | |
3595 if (NILP (help)) | |
3596 help = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION); | |
3597 } | |
3598 else | |
3599 help = Qnil; | |
3600 | |
3601 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3602 kbd_buffer_store_help_event (frame, help); | |
3603 | |
3604 return FALSE; | |
3605 } | |
3606 | |
3607 | |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3608 /* This callback is called when a tool bar item shall be redrawn. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3609 It modifies the expose event so that the GtkImage widget redraws the |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3610 whole image. This to overcome a bug that makes GtkImage draw the image |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3611 in the wrong place when it tries to redraw just a part of the image. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3612 W is the GtkImage to be redrawn. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3613 EVENT is the expose event for W. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3614 CLIENT_DATA is unused. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3615 |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3616 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3617 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3618 static gboolean |
50063 | 3619 xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback (w, event, client_data) |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3620 GtkWidget *w; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3621 GdkEventExpose *event; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3622 gpointer client_data; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3623 { |
50333
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3624 gint width, height; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3625 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3626 gdk_drawable_get_size (event->window, &width, &height); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3627 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3628 event->area.x -= width > event->area.width ? width-event->area.width : 0; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3629 event->area.y -= height > event->area.height ? height-event->area.height : 0; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3630 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3631 event->area.x = max (0, event->area.x); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3632 event->area.y = max (0, event->area.y); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3633 |
50333
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3634 event->area.width = max (width, event->area.width); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3635 event->area.height = max (height, event->area.height); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3636 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3637 return FALSE; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3638 } |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3639 |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3640 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX)) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3641 |
50063 | 3642 /* This callback is called when a tool bar shall be redrawn. |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3643 We need to update the images in case the image cache |
50063 | 3644 has deleted the pixmaps used in the tool bar. |
3645 W is the GtkToolbar to be redrawn. | |
3646 EVENT is the expose event for W. | |
3647 CLIENT_DATA is pointing to the frame for this tool bar. | |
3648 | |
3649 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3650 |
50063 | 3651 static gboolean |
3652 xg_tool_bar_expose_callback (w, event, client_data) | |
3653 GtkWidget *w; | |
3654 GdkEventExpose *event; | |
3655 gpointer client_data; | |
3656 { | |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3657 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3658 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
50063 | 3659 return FALSE; |
3660 } | |
3661 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3662 /* Create a tool bar for frame F. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3663 |
49323 | 3664 static void |
3665 xg_create_tool_bar (f) | |
3666 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3667 { | |
3668 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
3669 GtkRequisition req; | |
3670 int vbox_pos = x->menubar_widget ? 1 : 0; | |
3671 | |
3672 x->toolbar_widget = gtk_toolbar_new (); | |
3673 x->handlebox_widget = gtk_handle_box_new (); | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3674 x->toolbar_detached = 0; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3675 |
49323 | 3676 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (x->handlebox_widget), |
3677 x->toolbar_widget); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3678 |
49323 | 3679 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->handlebox_widget, |
3680 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3681 |
49323 | 3682 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->handlebox_widget, |
3683 vbox_pos); | |
3684 | |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3685 gtk_widget_set_name (x->toolbar_widget, "emacs-toolbar"); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3686 |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3687 /* We only have icons, so override any user setting. We could |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3688 use the caption property of the toolbar item (see update_frame_tool_bar |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3689 below), but some of those strings are long, making the toolbar so |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3690 long it does not fit on the screen. The GtkToolbar widget makes every |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3691 item equal size, so the longest caption determine the size of every |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3692 tool bar item. I think the creators of the GtkToolbar widget |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3693 counted on 4 or 5 character long strings. */ |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3694 gtk_toolbar_set_style (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3695 gtk_toolbar_set_orientation (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3696 GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3697 |
49323 | 3698 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->handlebox_widget), "child-detached", |
3699 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback), f); | |
3700 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->handlebox_widget), "child-attached", | |
3701 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_attach_callback), f); | |
50063 | 3702 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->toolbar_widget), |
3703 "expose-event", | |
3704 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback), | |
3705 f); | |
49323 | 3706 |
3707 gtk_widget_show_all (x->handlebox_widget); | |
3708 | |
3709 gtk_widget_size_request (x->toolbar_widget, &req); | |
3710 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3711 |
49323 | 3712 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns |
3713 rows to what we had before adding the tool bar. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3714 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3715 |
49323 | 3716 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3717 } | |
3718 | |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3719 /* Find the right-to-left image named by RTL in the tool bar images for F. |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3720 Returns IMAGE if RTL is not found. */ |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3721 |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3722 static Lisp_Object |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3723 find_rtl_image (f, image, rtl) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3724 FRAME_PTR f; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3725 Lisp_Object image; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3726 Lisp_Object rtl; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3727 { |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3728 int i; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3729 Lisp_Object file, rtl_name; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3730 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3731 GCPRO2 (file, rtl_name); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3732 |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3733 rtl_name = Ffile_name_nondirectory (rtl); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3734 |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3735 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3736 { |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3737 Lisp_Object rtl_image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3738 if (!NILP (file = file_for_image (rtl_image))) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3739 { |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3740 file = call1 (intern ("file-name-sans-extension"), |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3741 Ffile_name_nondirectory (file)); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3742 if (EQ (Fequal (file, rtl_name), Qt)) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3743 { |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3744 image = rtl_image; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3745 break; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3746 } |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3747 } |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3748 } |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3749 |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3750 return image; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3751 } |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3752 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3753 /* Update the tool bar for frame F. Add new buttons and remove old. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3754 |
49323 | 3755 void |
3756 update_frame_tool_bar (f) | |
3757 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3758 { | |
3759 int i; | |
3760 GtkRequisition old_req, new_req; | |
3761 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
75576
e852dba095f9
(update_frame_tool_bar): Initialize h/vmargin to 0.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75417
diff
changeset
|
3762 int hmargin = 0, vmargin = 0; |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3763 GtkToolbar *wtoolbar; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3764 GtkToolItem *ti; |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3765 GtkTextDirection dir; |
49323 | 3766 |
3767 if (! FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) | |
3768 return; | |
3769 | |
3770 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3771 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3772 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3773 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3774 { |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3775 hmargin = XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3776 vmargin = XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3777 } |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3778 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3779 { |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3780 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3781 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3782 hmargin = XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3783 |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3784 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3785 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3786 vmargin = XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3787 } |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3788 |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3789 /* The natural size (i.e. when GTK uses 0 as margin) looks best, |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3790 so take DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN to mean "default for GTK", |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3791 i.e. zero. This means that margins less than |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3792 DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN has no effect. */ |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3793 hmargin = max (0, hmargin - DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3794 vmargin = max (0, vmargin - DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3795 |
49323 | 3796 if (! x->toolbar_widget) |
3797 xg_create_tool_bar (f); | |
3798 | |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3799 wtoolbar = GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3800 gtk_widget_size_request (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar), &old_req); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3801 dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (x->toolbar_widget); |
49323 | 3802 |
3803 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i) | |
3804 { | |
3805 | |
3806 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P)); | |
3807 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P)); | |
3808 int idx; | |
3809 int img_id; | |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3810 int icon_size = 0; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3811 struct image *img = NULL; |
49323 | 3812 Lisp_Object image; |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3813 Lisp_Object stock; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3814 GtkStockItem stock_item; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3815 char *stock_name = NULL; |
83849
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3816 char *icon_name = NULL; |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3817 Lisp_Object rtl; |
83815
33f2ff3dc08b
(update_frame_tool_bar): Initialize wbutton to NULL.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83716
diff
changeset
|
3818 GtkWidget *wbutton = NULL; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3819 GtkWidget *weventbox; |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3820 Lisp_Object func = intern ("x-gtk-map-stock"); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3821 |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3822 ti = gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), i); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3823 |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3824 if (ti) |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3825 { |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3826 weventbox = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (ti)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3827 wbutton = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (weventbox)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3828 } |
49323 | 3829 |
3830 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES); | |
3831 | |
3832 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */ | |
3833 if (!valid_image_p (image)) | |
3834 { | |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3835 if (wbutton) gtk_widget_hide (wbutton); |
49323 | 3836 continue; |
3837 } | |
3838 | |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3839 if (EQ (Qt, Ffboundp (func))) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3840 stock = call1 (func, file_for_image (image)); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3841 |
83849
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3842 if (! NILP (stock) && STRINGP (stock)) |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3843 { |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3844 stock_name = SSDATA (stock); |
83849
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3845 if (stock_name[0] == 'n' && stock_name[1] == ':') |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3846 { |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3847 GdkScreen *screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar)); |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3848 GtkIconTheme *icon_theme = gtk_icon_theme_get_for_screen (screen); |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3849 |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3850 icon_name = stock_name + 2; |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3851 stock_name = NULL; |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3852 stock = Qnil; |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3853 |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3854 if (! gtk_icon_theme_has_icon (icon_theme, icon_name)) |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3855 icon_name = NULL; |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3856 else |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3857 icon_size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (wtoolbar); |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3858 } |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3859 else if (gtk_stock_lookup (SSDATA (stock), &stock_item)) |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3860 icon_size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (wtoolbar); |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3861 else |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3862 { |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3863 stock = Qnil; |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3864 stock_name = NULL; |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3865 } |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3866 } |
83849
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3867 |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3868 if (stock_name == NULL && icon_name == NULL) |
49468
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3869 { |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3870 /* No stock image, or stock item not known. Try regular image. */ |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3871 |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3872 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3873 button state. */ |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3874 if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3875 && !NILP (rtl = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_RTL_IMAGE)) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3876 && STRINGP (rtl)) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3877 { |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3878 image = find_rtl_image (f, image, rtl); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3879 } |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3880 |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3881 if (VECTORP (image)) |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3882 { |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3883 if (enabled_p) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3884 idx = (selected_p |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3885 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3886 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3887 else |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3888 idx = (selected_p |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3889 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3890 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3891 |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3892 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3893 image = AREF (image, idx); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3894 } |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3895 else |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3896 idx = -1; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3897 |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3898 img_id = lookup_image (f, image); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3899 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (f, img_id); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3900 prepare_image_for_display (f, img); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3901 |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3902 if (img->load_failed_p || img->pixmap == None) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3903 { |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3904 if (ti) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3905 gtk_widget_hide_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3906 else |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3907 { |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3908 /* Insert an empty (non-image) button */ |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3909 weventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3910 wbutton = gtk_button_new (); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3911 gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (wbutton), FALSE); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3912 gtk_button_set_relief (GTK_BUTTON (wbutton), |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3913 GTK_RELIEF_NONE); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3914 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (weventbox), wbutton); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3915 ti = gtk_tool_item_new (); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3916 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (ti), weventbox); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3917 gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), ti, -1); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3918 } |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3919 continue; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3920 } |
49468
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3921 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3922 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3923 if (ti == NULL) |
49323 | 3924 { |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3925 GtkWidget *w; |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3926 if (stock_name) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3927 { |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3928 w = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_name, icon_size); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3929 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3930 (gpointer) xstrdup (stock_name), |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3931 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3932 } |
83849
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3933 else if (icon_name) |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3934 { |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3935 w = gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (icon_name, icon_size); |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3936 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3937 (gpointer) xstrdup (icon_name), |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3938 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
3939 } |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3940 else |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3941 { |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3942 w = xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, x->widget, NULL); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3943 /* Save the image so we can see if an update is needed when |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3944 this function is called again. */ |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3945 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3946 (gpointer)img->pixmap); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3947 } |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
3948 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3949 gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (w), hmargin, vmargin); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3950 wbutton = gtk_button_new (); |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3951 gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (wbutton), FALSE); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3952 gtk_button_set_relief (GTK_BUTTON (wbutton), GTK_RELIEF_NONE); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3953 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wbutton), w); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3954 weventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3955 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (weventbox), wbutton); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3956 ti = gtk_tool_item_new (); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3957 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (ti), weventbox); |
82359
25c5bc8d8b8e
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82269
diff
changeset
|
3958 gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), ti, -1); |
74376
42ad3938ee1a
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle modifying a toolbar item
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73661
diff
changeset
|
3959 |
42ad3938ee1a
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle modifying a toolbar item
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73661
diff
changeset
|
3960 |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3961 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3962 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (ti), "create-menu-proxy", |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3963 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3964 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3965 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3966 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wbutton), "clicked", |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
3967 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (xg_tool_bar_callback), |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
3968 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
3969 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3970 gtk_widget_show_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3971 |
49323 | 3972 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3973 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (weventbox), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)f); |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
3974 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3975 /* Catch expose events to overcome an annoying redraw bug, see |
50063 | 3976 comment for xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback. */ |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
3977 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (ti), |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3978 "expose-event", |
50063 | 3979 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback), |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3980 0); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3981 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3982 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (wbutton, enabled_p); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3983 gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous (ti, FALSE); |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
3984 |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3985 /* Callback to save modifyer mask (Shift/Control, etc). GTK makes |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3986 no distinction based on modifiers in the activate callback, |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3987 so we have to do it ourselves. */ |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3988 g_signal_connect (wbutton, "button-release-event", |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3989 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (xg_tool_bar_button_cb), |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3990 NULL); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3991 |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3992 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wbutton), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)f); |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
3993 |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
3994 /* Use enter/leave notify to show help. We use the events |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
3995 rather than the GtkButton specific signals "enter" and |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
3996 "leave", so we can have only one callback. The event |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
3997 will tell us what kind of event it is. */ |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
3998 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3999 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (weventbox), |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4000 "enter-notify-event", |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4001 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_help_callback), |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4002 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4003 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (weventbox), |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4004 "leave-notify-event", |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4005 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_help_callback), |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4006 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
49323 | 4007 } |
4008 else | |
4009 { | |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4010 GtkWidget *wimage = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (wbutton)); |
50059
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
4011 Pixmap old_img = (Pixmap)g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
4012 XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA); |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4013 gpointer old_stock_name = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4014 XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME); |
83849
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4015 gpointer old_icon_name = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4016 XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME); |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4017 if (stock_name && |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4018 (! old_stock_name || strcmp (old_stock_name, stock_name) != 0)) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4019 { |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4020 gtk_image_set_from_stock (GTK_IMAGE (wimage), |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4021 stock_name, icon_size); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4022 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4023 (gpointer) xstrdup (stock_name), |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4024 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4025 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4026 NULL); |
83849
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4027 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, NULL); |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4028 } |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4029 else if (icon_name && |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4030 (! old_icon_name || strcmp (old_icon_name, icon_name) != 0)) |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4031 { |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4032 gtk_image_set_from_icon_name (GTK_IMAGE (wimage), |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4033 icon_name, icon_size); |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4034 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4035 (gpointer) xstrdup (icon_name), |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4036 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4037 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4038 NULL); |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4039 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4040 NULL); |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4041 } |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4042 else if (img && old_img != img->pixmap) |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4043 { |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4044 (void) xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, x->widget, wimage); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4045 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4046 (gpointer)img->pixmap); |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4047 |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4048 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4049 NULL); |
83849
b1cecfd7014f
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle stock name as a named icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
83815
diff
changeset
|
4050 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, NULL); |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4051 } |
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4052 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4053 gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (wimage), hmargin, vmargin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4054 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4055 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (wbutton, enabled_p); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4056 gtk_widget_show_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4057 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
4058 |
49323 | 4059 #undef PROP |
4060 } | |
4061 | |
4062 /* Remove buttons not longer needed. We just hide them so they | |
4063 can be reused later on. */ | |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4064 do |
49323 | 4065 { |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4066 ti = gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), i++); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4067 if (ti) gtk_widget_hide_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4068 } while (ti != NULL); |
49323 | 4069 |
82931
3a5f0fb127ce
(xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): Just do SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
82359
diff
changeset
|
4070 gtk_widget_size_request (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar), &new_req); |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
4071 if (old_req.height != new_req.height |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
4072 && ! FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached) |
49323 | 4073 { |
4074 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = new_req.height; | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
4075 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 4076 } |
4077 | |
4078 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4079 } | |
4080 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4081 /* Deallocate all resources for the tool bar on frame F. |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4082 Remove the tool bar. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4083 |
49323 | 4084 void |
4085 free_frame_tool_bar (f) | |
4086 FRAME_PTR f; | |
4087 { | |
4088 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
4089 | |
4090 if (x->toolbar_widget) | |
4091 { | |
4092 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
4093 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), | |
4094 x->handlebox_widget); | |
4095 x->toolbar_widget = 0; | |
4096 x->handlebox_widget = 0; | |
4097 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; | |
4098 | |
4099 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
4100 rows to what we had before removing the tool bar. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
4101 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 4102 |
4103 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
4104 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4105 } | |
4106 } | |
4107 | |
4108 | |
4109 | |
4110 /*********************************************************************** | |
4111 Initializing | |
4112 ***********************************************************************/ | |
4113 void | |
4114 xg_initialize () | |
4115 { | |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4116 GtkBindingSet *binding_set; |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4117 |
75417
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4118 #if HAVE_XFT |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4119 /* Work around a bug with corrupted data if libXft gets unloaded. This way |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4120 we keep it permanently linked in. */ |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4121 XftInit (0); |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4122 #endif |
49323 | 4123 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 0; |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4124 xg_detached_menus = 0; |
49323 | 4125 xg_menu_cb_list.prev = xg_menu_cb_list.next = |
4126 xg_menu_item_cb_list.prev = xg_menu_item_cb_list.next = 0; | |
4127 | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4128 id_to_widget.max_size = id_to_widget.used = 0; |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4129 id_to_widget.widgets = 0; |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4130 |
49323 | 4131 /* Remove F10 as a menu accelerator, it does not mix well with Emacs key |
4132 bindings. It doesn't seem to be any way to remove properties, | |
4133 so we set it to VoidSymbol which in X means "no key". */ | |
4134 gtk_settings_set_string_property (gtk_settings_get_default (), | |
4135 "gtk-menu-bar-accel", | |
4136 "VoidSymbol", | |
4137 EMACS_CLASS); | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4138 |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4139 /* Make GTK text input widgets use Emacs style keybindings. This is |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4140 Emacs after all. */ |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4141 gtk_settings_set_string_property (gtk_settings_get_default (), |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4142 "gtk-key-theme-name", |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4143 "Emacs", |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4144 EMACS_CLASS); |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4145 |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4146 /* Make dialogs close on C-g. Since file dialog inherits from |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4147 dialog, this works for them also. */ |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4148 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (gtk_type_class (GTK_TYPE_DIALOG)); |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4149 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_g, GDK_CONTROL_MASK, |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4150 "close", 0); |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4151 |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4152 /* Make menus close on C-g. */ |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4153 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (gtk_type_class (GTK_TYPE_MENU_SHELL)); |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4154 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_g, GDK_CONTROL_MASK, |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4155 "cancel", 0); |
49323 | 4156 } |
4157 | |
4158 #endif /* USE_GTK */ | |
52401 | 4159 |
4160 /* arch-tag: fe7104da-bc1e-4aba-9bd1-f349c528f7e3 | |
4161 (do not change this comment) */ |